mirror of
https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src
synced 2024-11-05 18:22:52 +00:00
a4cd5630b0
non-i386, non-unix, and generatable files have been trimmed, but can easily be added in later if needed. gcc-2.7.2.1 will follow shortly, it's a very small delta to this and it's handy to have both available for reference for such little cost. The freebsd-specific changes will then be committed, and once the dust has settled, the bmakefiles will be committed to use this code.
6467 lines
269 KiB
Text
6467 lines
269 KiB
Text
@c Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
@c This is part of the GCC manual.
|
|
@c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
|
|
|
|
@node Target Macros
|
|
@chapter Target Description Macros
|
|
@cindex machine description macros
|
|
@cindex target description macros
|
|
@cindex macros, target description
|
|
@cindex @file{tm.h} macros
|
|
|
|
In addition to the file @file{@var{machine}.md}, a machine description
|
|
includes a C header file conventionally given the name
|
|
@file{@var{machine}.h}. This header file defines numerous macros
|
|
that convey the information about the target machine that does not fit
|
|
into the scheme of the @file{.md} file. The file @file{tm.h} should be
|
|
a link to @file{@var{machine}.h}. The header file @file{config.h}
|
|
includes @file{tm.h} and most compiler source files include
|
|
@file{config.h}.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Driver:: Controlling how the driver runs the compilation passes.
|
|
* Run-time Target:: Defining @samp{-m} options like @samp{-m68000} and @samp{-m68020}.
|
|
* Storage Layout:: Defining sizes and alignments of data.
|
|
* Type Layout:: Defining sizes and properties of basic user data types.
|
|
* Registers:: Naming and describing the hardware registers.
|
|
* Register Classes:: Defining the classes of hardware registers.
|
|
* Stack and Calling:: Defining which way the stack grows and by how much.
|
|
* Varargs:: Defining the varargs macros.
|
|
* Trampolines:: Code set up at run time to enter a nested function.
|
|
* Library Calls:: Controlling how library routines are implicitly called.
|
|
* Addressing Modes:: Defining addressing modes valid for memory operands.
|
|
* Condition Code:: Defining how insns update the condition code.
|
|
* Costs:: Defining relative costs of different operations.
|
|
* Sections:: Dividing storage into text, data, and other sections.
|
|
* PIC:: Macros for position independent code.
|
|
* Assembler Format:: Defining how to write insns and pseudo-ops to output.
|
|
* Debugging Info:: Defining the format of debugging output.
|
|
* Cross-compilation:: Handling floating point for cross-compilers.
|
|
* Misc:: Everything else.
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Driver
|
|
@section Controlling the Compilation Driver, @file{gcc}
|
|
@cindex driver
|
|
@cindex controlling the compilation driver
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
You can control the compilation driver.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex SWITCH_TAKES_ARG
|
|
@item SWITCH_TAKES_ARG (@var{char})
|
|
A C expression which determines whether the option @samp{-@var{char}}
|
|
takes arguments. The value should be the number of arguments that
|
|
option takes--zero, for many options.
|
|
|
|
By default, this macro is defined to handle the standard options
|
|
properly. You need not define it unless you wish to add additional
|
|
options which take arguments.
|
|
|
|
@findex WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG
|
|
@item WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG (@var{name})
|
|
A C expression which determines whether the option @samp{-@var{name}}
|
|
takes arguments. The value should be the number of arguments that
|
|
option takes--zero, for many options. This macro rather than
|
|
@code{SWITCH_TAKES_ARG} is used for multi-character option names.
|
|
|
|
By default, this macro is defined as
|
|
@code{DEFAULT_WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG}, which handles the standard options
|
|
properly. You need not define @code{WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG} unless you
|
|
wish to add additional options which take arguments. Any redefinition
|
|
should call @code{DEFAULT_WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG} and then check for
|
|
additional options.
|
|
|
|
@findex SWITCHES_NEED_SPACES
|
|
@item SWITCHES_NEED_SPACES
|
|
A string-valued C expression which is nonempty if the linker needs a
|
|
space between the @samp{-L} or @samp{-o} option and its argument.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, the default value is 0.
|
|
|
|
@findex CPP_SPEC
|
|
@item CPP_SPEC
|
|
A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program options to
|
|
pass to CPP. It can also specify how to translate options you
|
|
give to GNU CC into options for GNU CC to pass to the CPP.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
|
|
|
|
@findex NO_BUILTIN_SIZE_TYPE
|
|
@item NO_BUILTIN_SIZE_TYPE
|
|
If this macro is defined, the preprocessor will not define the builtin macro
|
|
@code{__SIZE_TYPE__}. The macro @code{__SIZE_TYPE__} must then be defined
|
|
by @code{CPP_SPEC} instead.
|
|
|
|
This should be defined if @code{SIZE_TYPE} depends on target dependent flags
|
|
which are not accessible to the preprocessor. Otherwise, it should not
|
|
be defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex NO_BUILTIN_PTRDIFF_TYPE
|
|
@item NO_BUILTIN_PTRDIFF_TYPE
|
|
If this macro is defined, the preprocessor will not define the builtin macro
|
|
@code{__PTRDIFF_TYPE__}. The macro @code{__PTRDIFF_TYPE__} must then be
|
|
defined by @code{CPP_SPEC} instead.
|
|
|
|
This should be defined if @code{PTRDIFF_TYPE} depends on target dependent flags
|
|
which are not accessible to the preprocessor. Otherwise, it should not
|
|
be defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex SIGNED_CHAR_SPEC
|
|
@item SIGNED_CHAR_SPEC
|
|
A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program options to
|
|
pass to CPP. By default, this macro is defined to pass the option
|
|
@samp{-D__CHAR_UNSIGNED__} to CPP if @code{char} will be treated as
|
|
@code{unsigned char} by @code{cc1}.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro unless you need to override the default
|
|
definition.
|
|
|
|
@findex CC1_SPEC
|
|
@item CC1_SPEC
|
|
A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program options to
|
|
pass to @code{cc1}. It can also specify how to translate options you
|
|
give to GNU CC into options for GNU CC to pass to the @code{cc1}.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
|
|
|
|
@findex CC1PLUS_SPEC
|
|
@item CC1PLUS_SPEC
|
|
A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program options to
|
|
pass to @code{cc1plus}. It can also specify how to translate options you
|
|
give to GNU CC into options for GNU CC to pass to the @code{cc1plus}.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_SPEC
|
|
@item ASM_SPEC
|
|
A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program options to
|
|
pass to the assembler. It can also specify how to translate options
|
|
you give to GNU CC into options for GNU CC to pass to the assembler.
|
|
See the file @file{sun3.h} for an example of this.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_FINAL_SPEC
|
|
@item ASM_FINAL_SPEC
|
|
A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program how to
|
|
run any programs which cleanup after the normal assembler.
|
|
Normally, this is not needed. See the file @file{mips.h} for
|
|
an example of this.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
|
|
|
|
@findex LINK_SPEC
|
|
@item LINK_SPEC
|
|
A C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program options to
|
|
pass to the linker. It can also specify how to translate options you
|
|
give to GNU CC into options for GNU CC to pass to the linker.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
|
|
|
|
@findex LIB_SPEC
|
|
@item LIB_SPEC
|
|
Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The difference
|
|
between the two is that @code{LIB_SPEC} is used at the end of the
|
|
command given to the linker.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that
|
|
loads the standard C library from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}.
|
|
|
|
@findex LIBGCC_SPEC
|
|
@item LIBGCC_SPEC
|
|
Another C string constant that tells the GNU CC driver program
|
|
how and when to place a reference to @file{libgcc.a} into the
|
|
linker command line. This constant is placed both before and after
|
|
the value of @code{LIB_SPEC}.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, the GNU CC driver provides a default that
|
|
passes the string @samp{-lgcc} to the linker unless the @samp{-shared}
|
|
option is specified.
|
|
|
|
@findex STARTFILE_SPEC
|
|
@item STARTFILE_SPEC
|
|
Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The
|
|
difference between the two is that @code{STARTFILE_SPEC} is used at
|
|
the very beginning of the command given to the linker.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the
|
|
standard C startup file from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}.
|
|
|
|
@findex ENDFILE_SPEC
|
|
@item ENDFILE_SPEC
|
|
Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The
|
|
difference between the two is that @code{ENDFILE_SPEC} is used at
|
|
the very end of the command given to the linker.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
|
|
|
|
@findex LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL
|
|
@item LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL
|
|
Define this macro if the driver program should find the library
|
|
@file{libgcc.a} itself and should not pass @samp{-L} options to the
|
|
linker. If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass
|
|
the argument @samp{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search and will
|
|
pass @samp{-L} options to it.
|
|
|
|
@findex LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1
|
|
@item LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1
|
|
Define this macro if the driver program should find the library
|
|
@file{libgcc.a}. If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass
|
|
the argument @samp{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search.
|
|
This macro is similar to @code{LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL}, except that it does
|
|
not affect @samp{-L} options.
|
|
|
|
@findex MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
|
|
@item MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
|
|
Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of
|
|
string to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this
|
|
target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using
|
|
@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS}.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} is not defined in
|
|
the target makefile fragment or if none of the options listed in
|
|
@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} are set by default.
|
|
@xref{Target Fragment}.
|
|
|
|
@findex RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR
|
|
@item RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR
|
|
Define this macro to tell @code{gcc} that it should only translate
|
|
a @samp{-B} prefix into a @samp{-L} linker option if the prefix
|
|
indicates an absolute file name.
|
|
|
|
@findex STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX
|
|
@item STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX
|
|
Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
|
|
standard choice of @file{/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/} as the default prefix to
|
|
try when searching for the executable files of the compiler.
|
|
|
|
@findex MD_EXEC_PREFIX
|
|
@item MD_EXEC_PREFIX
|
|
If defined, this macro is an additional prefix to try after
|
|
@code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched
|
|
when the @samp{-b} option is used, or the compiler is built as a cross
|
|
compiler.
|
|
|
|
@findex STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
|
|
@item STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
|
|
Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
|
|
standard choice of @file{/usr/local/lib/} as the default prefix to
|
|
try when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
|
|
|
|
@findex MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
|
|
@item MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
|
|
If defined, this macro supplies an additional prefix to try after the
|
|
standard prefixes. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched when the
|
|
@samp{-b} option is used, or when the compiler is built as a cross
|
|
compiler.
|
|
|
|
@findex MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
|
|
@item MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
|
|
If defined, this macro supplies yet another prefix to try after the
|
|
standard prefixes. It is not searched when the @samp{-b} option is
|
|
used, or when the compiler is built as a cross compiler.
|
|
|
|
@findex INIT_ENVIRONMENT
|
|
@item INIT_ENVIRONMENT
|
|
Define this macro as a C string constant if you with to set environment
|
|
variables for programs called by the driver, such as the assembler and
|
|
loader. The driver passes the value of this macro to @code{putenv} to
|
|
initialize the necessary environment variables.
|
|
|
|
@findex LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR
|
|
@item LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR
|
|
Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
|
|
standard choice of @file{/usr/local/include} as the default prefix to
|
|
try when searching for local header files. @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR}
|
|
comes before @code{SYSTEM_INCLUDE_DIR} in the search order.
|
|
|
|
Cross compilers do not use this macro and do not search either
|
|
@file{/usr/local/include} or its replacement.
|
|
|
|
@findex SYSTEM_INCLUDE_DIR
|
|
@item SYSTEM_INCLUDE_DIR
|
|
Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to specify a
|
|
system-specific directory to search for header files before the standard
|
|
directory. @code{SYSTEM_INCLUDE_DIR} comes before
|
|
@code{STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR} in the search order.
|
|
|
|
Cross compilers do not use this macro and do not search the directory
|
|
specified.
|
|
|
|
@findex STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR
|
|
@item STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR
|
|
Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
|
|
standard choice of @file{/usr/include} as the default prefix to
|
|
try when searching for header files.
|
|
|
|
Cross compilers do not use this macro and do not search either
|
|
@file{/usr/include} or its replacement.
|
|
|
|
@findex INCLUDE_DEFAULTS
|
|
@item INCLUDE_DEFAULTS
|
|
Define this macro if you wish to override the entire default search path
|
|
for include files. The default search path includes
|
|
@code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR},
|
|
@code{SYSTEM_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}, and
|
|
@code{STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR}. In addition, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}
|
|
and @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR} are defined automatically by @file{Makefile},
|
|
and specify private search areas for GCC. The directory
|
|
@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} is used only for C++ programs.
|
|
|
|
The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures.
|
|
Each array element should have two elements: the directory name (a
|
|
string constant) and a flag for C++-only directories. Mark the end of
|
|
the array with a null element. For example, here is the definition used
|
|
for VMS:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
#define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS \
|
|
@{ \
|
|
@{ "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", 1@}, \
|
|
@{ "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", 0@}, \
|
|
@{ "SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSLIB.]", 0@}, \
|
|
@{ ".", 0@}, \
|
|
@{ 0, 0@} \
|
|
@}
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Here is the order of prefixes tried for exec files:
|
|
|
|
@enumerate
|
|
@item
|
|
Any prefixes specified by the user with @samp{-B}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}, if any.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The directories specified by the environment variable @code{COMPILER_PATH}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@file{/usr/lib/gcc/}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if any.
|
|
@end enumerate
|
|
|
|
Here is the order of prefixes tried for startfiles:
|
|
|
|
@enumerate
|
|
@item
|
|
Any prefixes specified by the user with @samp{-B}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}, if any.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The directories specified by the environment variable @code{LIBRARY_PATH}
|
|
(native only, cross compilers do not use this).
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@file{/usr/lib/gcc/}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if any.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, if any.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@file{/lib/}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@file{/usr/lib/}.
|
|
@end enumerate
|
|
|
|
@node Run-time Target
|
|
@section Run-time Target Specification
|
|
@cindex run-time target specification
|
|
@cindex predefined macros
|
|
@cindex target specifications
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
Here are run-time target specifications.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex CPP_PREDEFINES
|
|
@item CPP_PREDEFINES
|
|
Define this to be a string constant containing @samp{-D} options to
|
|
define the predefined macros that identify this machine and system.
|
|
These macros will be predefined unless the @samp{-ansi} option is
|
|
specified.
|
|
|
|
In addition, a parallel set of macros are predefined, whose names are
|
|
made by appending @samp{__} at the beginning and at the end. These
|
|
@samp{__} macros are permitted by the ANSI standard, so they are
|
|
predefined regardless of whether @samp{-ansi} is specified.
|
|
|
|
For example, on the Sun, one can use the following value:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
"-Dmc68000 -Dsun -Dunix"
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
The result is to define the macros @code{__mc68000__}, @code{__sun__}
|
|
and @code{__unix__} unconditionally, and the macros @code{mc68000},
|
|
@code{sun} and @code{unix} provided @samp{-ansi} is not specified.
|
|
|
|
@findex extern int target_flags
|
|
@item extern int target_flags;
|
|
This declaration should be present.
|
|
|
|
@cindex optional hardware or system features
|
|
@cindex features, optional, in system conventions
|
|
@item TARGET_@dots{}
|
|
This series of macros is to allow compiler command arguments to
|
|
enable or disable the use of optional features of the target machine.
|
|
For example, one machine description serves both the 68000 and
|
|
the 68020; a command argument tells the compiler whether it should
|
|
use 68020-only instructions or not. This command argument works
|
|
by means of a macro @code{TARGET_68020} that tests a bit in
|
|
@code{target_flags}.
|
|
|
|
Define a macro @code{TARGET_@var{featurename}} for each such option.
|
|
Its definition should test a bit in @code{target_flags}; for example:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
#define TARGET_68020 (target_flags & 1)
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
One place where these macros are used is in the condition-expressions
|
|
of instruction patterns. Note how @code{TARGET_68020} appears
|
|
frequently in the 68000 machine description file, @file{m68k.md}.
|
|
Another place they are used is in the definitions of the other
|
|
macros in the @file{@var{machine}.h} file.
|
|
|
|
@findex TARGET_SWITCHES
|
|
@item TARGET_SWITCHES
|
|
This macro defines names of command options to set and clear
|
|
bits in @code{target_flags}. Its definition is an initializer
|
|
with a subgrouping for each command option.
|
|
|
|
Each subgrouping contains a string constant, that defines the option
|
|
name, and a number, which contains the bits to set in
|
|
@code{target_flags}. A negative number says to clear bits instead;
|
|
the negative of the number is which bits to clear. The actual option
|
|
name is made by appending @samp{-m} to the specified name.
|
|
|
|
One of the subgroupings should have a null string. The number in
|
|
this grouping is the default value for @code{target_flags}. Any
|
|
target options act starting with that value.
|
|
|
|
Here is an example which defines @samp{-m68000} and @samp{-m68020}
|
|
with opposite meanings, and picks the latter as the default:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
#define TARGET_SWITCHES \
|
|
@{ @{ "68020", 1@}, \
|
|
@{ "68000", -1@}, \
|
|
@{ "", 1@}@}
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@findex TARGET_OPTIONS
|
|
@item TARGET_OPTIONS
|
|
This macro is similar to @code{TARGET_SWITCHES} but defines names of command
|
|
options that have values. Its definition is an initializer with a
|
|
subgrouping for each command option.
|
|
|
|
Each subgrouping contains a string constant, that defines the fixed part
|
|
of the option name, and the address of a variable. The variable, type
|
|
@code{char *}, is set to the variable part of the given option if the fixed
|
|
part matches. The actual option name is made by appending @samp{-m} to the
|
|
specified name.
|
|
|
|
Here is an example which defines @samp{-mshort-data-@var{number}}. If the
|
|
given option is @samp{-mshort-data-512}, the variable @code{m88k_short_data}
|
|
will be set to the string @code{"512"}.
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
extern char *m88k_short_data;
|
|
#define TARGET_OPTIONS \
|
|
@{ @{ "short-data-", &m88k_short_data @} @}
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@findex TARGET_VERSION
|
|
@item TARGET_VERSION
|
|
This macro is a C statement to print on @code{stderr} a string
|
|
describing the particular machine description choice. Every machine
|
|
description should define @code{TARGET_VERSION}. For example:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
#ifdef MOTOROLA
|
|
#define TARGET_VERSION \
|
|
fprintf (stderr, " (68k, Motorola syntax)");
|
|
#else
|
|
#define TARGET_VERSION \
|
|
fprintf (stderr, " (68k, MIT syntax)");
|
|
#endif
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@findex OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
|
|
@item OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
|
|
Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on
|
|
a particular target machine. You can define a macro
|
|
@code{OVERRIDE_OPTIONS} to take account of this. This macro, if
|
|
defined, is executed once just after all the command options have been
|
|
parsed.
|
|
|
|
Don't use this macro to turn on various extra optimizations for
|
|
@samp{-O}. That is what @code{OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS} is for.
|
|
|
|
@findex OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS
|
|
@item OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS (@var{level})
|
|
Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for
|
|
various optimization levels. This macro, if defined, is executed once
|
|
just after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder
|
|
of the command options have been parsed. Values set in this macro are
|
|
used as the default values for the other command line options.
|
|
|
|
@var{level} is the optimization level specified; 2 if @samp{-O2} is
|
|
specified, 1 if @samp{-O} is specified, and 0 if neither is specified.
|
|
|
|
You should not use this macro to change options that are not
|
|
machine-specific. These should uniformly selected by the same
|
|
optimization level on all supported machines. Use this macro to enable
|
|
machbine-specific optimizations.
|
|
|
|
@strong{Do not examine @code{write_symbols} in
|
|
this macro!} The debugging options are not supposed to alter the
|
|
generated code.
|
|
|
|
@findex CAN_DEBUG_WITHOUT_FP
|
|
@item CAN_DEBUG_WITHOUT_FP
|
|
Define this macro if debugging can be performed even without a frame
|
|
pointer. If this macro is defined, GNU CC will turn on the
|
|
@samp{-fomit-frame-pointer} option whenever @samp{-O} is specified.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Storage Layout
|
|
@section Storage Layout
|
|
@cindex storage layout
|
|
|
|
Note that the definitions of the macros in this table which are sizes or
|
|
alignments measured in bits do not need to be constant. They can be C
|
|
expressions that refer to static variables, such as the @code{target_flags}.
|
|
@xref{Run-time Target}.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
|
@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
|
Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a
|
|
byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero.
|
|
This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant
|
|
bit. If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still
|
|
be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to. This
|
|
macro need not be a constant.
|
|
|
|
This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into
|
|
bytes or words; that is controlled by @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN}.
|
|
|
|
@findex BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
|
|
@item BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
|
|
Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a
|
|
word has the lowest number. This macro need not be a constant.
|
|
|
|
@findex WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
|
@item WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
|
Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the
|
|
most significant word has the lowest number. This applies to both
|
|
memory locations and registers; GNU CC fundamentally assumes that the
|
|
order of words in memory is the same as the order in registers. This
|
|
macro need not be a constant.
|
|
|
|
@findex LIBGCC2_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
|
@item LIBGCC2_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
|
Define this macro if WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN is not constant. This must be a
|
|
constant value with the same meaning as WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN, which will be
|
|
used only when compiling libgcc2.c. Typically the value will be set
|
|
based on preprocessor defines.
|
|
|
|
@findex FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
|
@item FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
|
Define this macro to have the value 1 if @code{DFmode}, @code{XFmode} or
|
|
@code{TFmode} floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word
|
|
containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to
|
|
have the value 0. This macro need not be a constant.
|
|
|
|
You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for
|
|
multi-word integers.
|
|
|
|
@findex BITS_PER_UNIT
|
|
@item BITS_PER_UNIT
|
|
Define this macro to be the number of bits in an addressable storage
|
|
unit (byte); normally 8.
|
|
|
|
@findex BITS_PER_WORD
|
|
@item BITS_PER_WORD
|
|
Number of bits in a word; normally 32.
|
|
|
|
@findex MAX_BITS_PER_WORD
|
|
@item MAX_BITS_PER_WORD
|
|
Maximum number of bits in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
|
|
@code{BITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
|
|
largest value that @code{BITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
|
|
|
|
@findex UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
@item UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
Number of storage units in a word; normally 4.
|
|
|
|
@findex MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
@item MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
Minimum number of units in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
|
|
@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
|
|
smallest value that @code{UNITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
|
|
|
|
@findex POINTER_SIZE
|
|
@item POINTER_SIZE
|
|
Width of a pointer, in bits. You must specify a value no wider than the
|
|
width of @code{Pmode}. If it is not equal to the width of @code{Pmode},
|
|
you must define @code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED}.
|
|
|
|
@findex POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
|
|
@item POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
|
|
A C expression whose value is nonzero if pointers that need to be
|
|
extended from being @code{POINTER_SIZE} bits wide to @code{Pmode}
|
|
are sign-extended and zero if they are zero-extended.
|
|
|
|
You need not define this macro if the @code{POINTER_SIZE} is equal
|
|
to the width of @code{Pmode}.
|
|
|
|
@findex PROMOTE_MODE
|
|
@item PROMOTE_MODE (@var{m}, @var{unsignedp}, @var{type})
|
|
A macro to update @var{m} and @var{unsignedp} when an object whose type
|
|
is @var{type} and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be
|
|
stored in a register. This macro is only called when @var{type} is a
|
|
scalar type.
|
|
|
|
On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full
|
|
register, define this macro to set @var{m} to @code{word_mode} if
|
|
@var{m} is an integer mode narrower than @code{BITS_PER_WORD}. In most
|
|
cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision
|
|
floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower
|
|
counterparts.
|
|
|
|
For most machines, the macro definition does not change @var{unsignedp}.
|
|
However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle
|
|
either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes. For example, on
|
|
the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions
|
|
sign-extend the result to 64 bits. On such machines, set
|
|
@var{unsignedp} according to which kind of extension is more efficient.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if it would never modify @var{m}.
|
|
|
|
@findex PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS
|
|
@item PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS
|
|
Define this macro if the promotion described by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}
|
|
should also be done for outgoing function arguments.
|
|
|
|
@findex PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN
|
|
@item PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN
|
|
Define this macro if the promotion described by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}
|
|
should also be done for the return value of functions.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is defined, @code{FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same
|
|
promotions done by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.
|
|
|
|
@findex PROMOTE_FOR_CALL_ONLY
|
|
@item PROMOTE_FOR_CALL_ONLY
|
|
Define this macro if the promotion described by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}
|
|
should @emph{only} be performed for outgoing function arguments or
|
|
function return values, as specified by @code{PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS}
|
|
and @code{PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN}, respectively.
|
|
|
|
@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
|
|
@item PARM_BOUNDARY
|
|
Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in
|
|
bits. All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment
|
|
regardless of data type. On most machines, this is the same as the
|
|
size of an integer.
|
|
|
|
@findex STACK_BOUNDARY
|
|
@item STACK_BOUNDARY
|
|
Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for
|
|
the stack pointer. The definition is a C expression
|
|
for the desired alignment (measured in bits).
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{PUSH_ROUNDING}, interaction with @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}
|
|
If @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} is not defined, the stack will always be aligned
|
|
to the specified boundary. If @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} is defined and specifies a
|
|
less strict alignment than @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, the stack may be
|
|
momentarily unaligned while pushing arguments.
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
|
|
@item FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
|
|
Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits.
|
|
|
|
@findex BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
|
|
@item BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
|
|
Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in bits.
|
|
|
|
@findex BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT
|
|
@item BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT
|
|
Biggest alignment that any structure field can require on this machine,
|
|
in bits. If defined, this overrides @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} for
|
|
structure fields only.
|
|
|
|
@findex MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT
|
|
@item MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT
|
|
Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this machine.
|
|
Use this macro to limit the alignment which can be specified using the
|
|
@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct. If not defined,
|
|
the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
|
|
|
|
@findex DATA_ALIGNMENT
|
|
@item DATA_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
|
|
If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a static
|
|
variable. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is the
|
|
alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this
|
|
macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
|
|
|
|
@findex strcpy
|
|
One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
|
|
make it all fit in fewer cache lines. Another is to cause character
|
|
arrays to be word-aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
|
|
constants to character arrays can be done inline.
|
|
|
|
@findex CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
|
|
@item CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (@var{constant}, @var{basic-align})
|
|
If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment given to a constant
|
|
that is being placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and
|
|
@var{basic-align} is the alignment that the object would ordinarily
|
|
have. The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
|
|
align the object.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
|
|
|
|
The typical use of this macro is to increase alignment for string
|
|
constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
|
|
constants can be done inline.
|
|
|
|
@findex EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY
|
|
@item EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY
|
|
Alignment in bits to be given to a structure bit field that follows an
|
|
empty field such as @code{int : 0;}.
|
|
|
|
Note that @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} also affects the alignment
|
|
that results from an empty field.
|
|
|
|
@findex STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY
|
|
@item STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY
|
|
Number of bits which any structure or union's size must be a multiple of.
|
|
Each structure or union's size is rounded up to a multiple of this.
|
|
|
|
If you do not define this macro, the default is the same as
|
|
@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
|
|
|
|
@findex STRICT_ALIGNMENT
|
|
@item STRICT_ALIGNMENT
|
|
Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work
|
|
if given data not on the nominal alignment. If instructions will merely
|
|
go slower in that case, define this macro as 0.
|
|
|
|
@findex PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
|
|
@item PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
|
|
Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle
|
|
alignment of bitfields and the structures that contain them.
|
|
|
|
The behavior is that the type written for a bitfield (@code{int},
|
|
@code{short}, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the
|
|
entire structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary
|
|
field of that type. In addition, the bitfield is placed within the
|
|
structure so that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a
|
|
boundary for it.
|
|
|
|
Thus, on most machines, a bitfield whose type is written as @code{int}
|
|
would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force four-byte
|
|
alignment for the whole structure. (The alignment used may not be four
|
|
bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.)
|
|
|
|
If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression;
|
|
a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior.
|
|
|
|
Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some
|
|
bitfields may cross more than one alignment boundary. The compiler can
|
|
support such references if there are @samp{insv}, @samp{extv}, and
|
|
@samp{extzv} insns that can directly reference memory.
|
|
|
|
The other known way of making bitfields work is to define
|
|
@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} as large as @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
|
|
Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords.
|
|
|
|
Unless the machine has bitfield instructions or you define
|
|
@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} that way, you must define
|
|
@code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} to have a nonzero value.
|
|
|
|
If your aim is to make GNU CC use the same conventions for laying out
|
|
bitfields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate
|
|
what the other compiler does. Compile and run this program:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
struct foo1
|
|
@{
|
|
char x;
|
|
char :0;
|
|
char y;
|
|
@};
|
|
|
|
struct foo2
|
|
@{
|
|
char x;
|
|
int :0;
|
|
char y;
|
|
@};
|
|
|
|
main ()
|
|
@{
|
|
printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n",
|
|
sizeof (struct foo1));
|
|
printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n",
|
|
sizeof (struct foo2));
|
|
exit (0);
|
|
@}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would
|
|
get from @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS}.
|
|
|
|
@findex BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED
|
|
@item BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED
|
|
Like PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS except that its effect is limited to
|
|
aligning a bitfield within the structure.
|
|
|
|
@findex ROUND_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item ROUND_TYPE_SIZE (@var{struct}, @var{size}, @var{align})
|
|
Define this macro as an expression for the overall size of a structure
|
|
(given by @var{struct} as a tree node) when the size computed from the
|
|
fields is @var{size} and the alignment is @var{align}.
|
|
|
|
The default is to round @var{size} up to a multiple of @var{align}.
|
|
|
|
@findex ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN
|
|
@item ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN (@var{struct}, @var{computed}, @var{specified})
|
|
Define this macro as an expression for the alignment of a structure
|
|
(given by @var{struct} as a tree node) if the alignment computed in the
|
|
usual way is @var{computed} and the alignment explicitly specified was
|
|
@var{specified}.
|
|
|
|
The default is to use @var{specified} if it is larger; otherwise, use
|
|
the smaller of @var{computed} and @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}
|
|
|
|
@findex MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE
|
|
@item MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE
|
|
An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer
|
|
machine mode that should actually be used. All integer machine modes of
|
|
this size or smaller can be used for structures and unions with the
|
|
appropriate sizes. If this macro is undefined, @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE
|
|
(DImode)} is assumed.
|
|
|
|
@findex CHECK_FLOAT_VALUE
|
|
@item CHECK_FLOAT_VALUE (@var{mode}, @var{value}, @var{overflow})
|
|
A C statement to validate the value @var{value} (of type
|
|
@code{double}) for mode @var{mode}. This means that you check whether
|
|
@var{value} fits within the possible range of values for mode
|
|
@var{mode} on this target machine. The mode @var{mode} is always
|
|
a mode of class @code{MODE_FLOAT}. @var{overflow} is nonzero if
|
|
the value is already known to be out of range.
|
|
|
|
If @var{value} is not valid or if @var{overflow} is nonzero, you should
|
|
set @var{overflow} to 1 and then assign some valid value to @var{value}.
|
|
Allowing an invalid value to go through the compiler can produce
|
|
incorrect assembler code which may even cause Unix assemblers to crash.
|
|
|
|
This macro need not be defined if there is no work for it to do.
|
|
|
|
@findex TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
@item TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
A code distinguishing the floating point format of the target machine.
|
|
There are three defined values:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
@item IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
This code indicates IEEE floating point. It is the default; there is no
|
|
need to define this macro when the format is IEEE.
|
|
|
|
@findex VAX_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
@item VAX_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
This code indicates the peculiar format used on the Vax.
|
|
|
|
@findex UNKNOWN_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
@item UNKNOWN_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
This code indicates any other format.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The value of this macro is compared with @code{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT}
|
|
(@pxref{Config}) to determine whether the target machine has the same
|
|
format as the host machine. If any other formats are actually in use on
|
|
supported machines, new codes should be defined for them.
|
|
|
|
The ordering of the component words of floating point values stored in
|
|
memory is controlled by @code{FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} for the target
|
|
machine and @code{HOST_FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} for the host.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Type Layout
|
|
@section Layout of Source Language Data Types
|
|
|
|
These macros define the sizes and other characteristics of the standard
|
|
basic data types used in programs being compiled. Unlike the macros in
|
|
the previous section, these apply to specific features of C and related
|
|
languages, rather than to fundamental aspects of storage layout.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex INT_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item INT_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{int} on the
|
|
target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
|
|
|
|
@findex MAX_INT_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item MAX_INT_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
Maximum number for the size in bits of the type @code{int} on the target
|
|
machine. If this is undefined, the default is @code{INT_TYPE_SIZE}.
|
|
Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the largest value that
|
|
@code{INT_TYPE_SIZE} can have at run-time. This is used in @code{cpp}.
|
|
|
|
@findex SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short} on the
|
|
target machine. If you don't define this, the default is half a word.
|
|
(If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one
|
|
unit.)
|
|
|
|
@findex LONG_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item LONG_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long} on the
|
|
target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
|
|
|
|
@findex MAX_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item MAX_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
Maximum number for the size in bits of the type @code{long} on the
|
|
target machine. If this is undefined, the default is
|
|
@code{LONG_TYPE_SIZE}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
|
|
largest value that @code{LONG_TYPE_SIZE} can have at run-time. This is
|
|
used in @code{cpp}.
|
|
|
|
@findex LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long} on the
|
|
target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
|
|
words. If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of
|
|
macro must be at least 64.
|
|
|
|
@findex CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{char} on the
|
|
target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one quarter
|
|
of a word. (If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up
|
|
to one unit.)
|
|
|
|
@findex MAX_CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item MAX_CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
Maximum number for the size in bits of the type @code{char} on the
|
|
target machine. If this is undefined, the default is
|
|
@code{CHAR_TYPE_SIZE}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
|
|
largest value that @code{CHAR_TYPE_SIZE} can have at run-time. This is
|
|
used in @code{cpp}.
|
|
|
|
@findex FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{float} on the
|
|
target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
|
|
|
|
@findex DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{double} on the
|
|
target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
|
|
words.
|
|
|
|
@findex LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long double} on
|
|
the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
|
|
words.
|
|
|
|
@findex DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR
|
|
@item DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR
|
|
An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type
|
|
@code{char} should be signed or unsigned by default. The user can
|
|
always override this default with the options @samp{-fsigned-char}
|
|
and @samp{-funsigned-char}.
|
|
|
|
@findex DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
|
|
@item DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
|
|
A C expression to determine whether to give an @code{enum} type
|
|
only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values
|
|
of that type. A nonzero value means to do that; a zero value means all
|
|
@code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define the macro, the default is 0.
|
|
|
|
@findex SIZE_TYPE
|
|
@item SIZE_TYPE
|
|
A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
|
|
for size values. The typedef name @code{size_t} is defined using the
|
|
contents of the string.
|
|
|
|
The string can contain more than one keyword. If so, separate them with
|
|
spaces, and write first any length keyword, then @code{unsigned} if
|
|
appropriate, and finally @code{int}. The string must exactly match one
|
|
of the data type names defined in the function
|
|
@code{init_decl_processing} in the file @file{c-decl.c}. You may not
|
|
omit @code{int} or change the order---that would cause the compiler to
|
|
crash on startup.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long unsigned
|
|
int"}.
|
|
|
|
@findex PTRDIFF_TYPE
|
|
@item PTRDIFF_TYPE
|
|
A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
|
|
for the result of subtracting two pointers. The typedef name
|
|
@code{ptrdiff_t} is defined using the contents of the string. See
|
|
@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long int"}.
|
|
|
|
@findex WCHAR_TYPE
|
|
@item WCHAR_TYPE
|
|
A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
|
|
for wide characters. The typedef name @code{wchar_t} is defined using
|
|
the contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
|
|
information.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"int"}.
|
|
|
|
@findex WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide
|
|
characters. This is used in @code{cpp}, which cannot make use of
|
|
@code{WCHAR_TYPE}.
|
|
|
|
@findex MAX_WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
@item MAX_WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
Maximum number for the size in bits of the data type for wide
|
|
characters. If this is undefined, the default is
|
|
@code{WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
|
|
largest value that @code{WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE} can have at run-time. This is
|
|
used in @code{cpp}.
|
|
|
|
@findex OBJC_INT_SELECTORS
|
|
@item OBJC_INT_SELECTORS
|
|
Define this macro if the type of Objective C selectors should be
|
|
@code{int}.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, then selectors should have the type
|
|
@code{struct objc_selector *}.
|
|
|
|
@findex OBJC_SELECTORS_WITHOUT_LABELS
|
|
@item OBJC_SELECTORS_WITHOUT_LABELS
|
|
Define this macro if the compiler can group all the selectors together
|
|
into a vector and use just one label at the beginning of the vector.
|
|
Otherwise, the compiler must give each selector its own assembler
|
|
label.
|
|
|
|
On certain machines, it is important to have a separate label for each
|
|
selector because this enables the linker to eliminate duplicate selectors.
|
|
|
|
@findex TARGET_BELL
|
|
@item TARGET_BELL
|
|
A C constant expression for the integer value for escape sequence
|
|
@samp{\a}.
|
|
|
|
@findex TARGET_TAB
|
|
@findex TARGET_BS
|
|
@findex TARGET_NEWLINE
|
|
@item TARGET_BS
|
|
@itemx TARGET_TAB
|
|
@itemx TARGET_NEWLINE
|
|
C constant expressions for the integer values for escape sequences
|
|
@samp{\b}, @samp{\t} and @samp{\n}.
|
|
|
|
@findex TARGET_VT
|
|
@findex TARGET_FF
|
|
@findex TARGET_CR
|
|
@item TARGET_VT
|
|
@itemx TARGET_FF
|
|
@itemx TARGET_CR
|
|
C constant expressions for the integer values for escape sequences
|
|
@samp{\v}, @samp{\f} and @samp{\r}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Registers
|
|
@section Register Usage
|
|
@cindex register usage
|
|
|
|
This section explains how to describe what registers the target machine
|
|
has, and how (in general) they can be used.
|
|
|
|
The description of which registers a specific instruction can use is
|
|
done with register classes; see @ref{Register Classes}. For information
|
|
on using registers to access a stack frame, see @ref{Frame Registers}.
|
|
For passing values in registers, see @ref{Register Arguments}.
|
|
For returning values in registers, see @ref{Scalar Return}.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Register Basics:: Number and kinds of registers.
|
|
* Allocation Order:: Order in which registers are allocated.
|
|
* Values in Registers:: What kinds of values each reg can hold.
|
|
* Leaf Functions:: Renumbering registers for leaf functions.
|
|
* Stack Registers:: Handling a register stack such as 80387.
|
|
* Obsolete Register Macros:: Macros formerly used for the 80387.
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Register Basics
|
|
@subsection Basic Characteristics of Registers
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
Registers have various characteristics.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
|
@item FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
|
Number of hardware registers known to the compiler. They receive
|
|
numbers 0 through @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1}; thus, the first
|
|
pseudo register's number really is assigned the number
|
|
@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
|
|
|
|
@item FIXED_REGISTERS
|
|
@findex FIXED_REGISTERS
|
|
@cindex fixed register
|
|
An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes
|
|
all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for
|
|
general allocation. These would include the stack pointer, the frame
|
|
pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general
|
|
register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on
|
|
machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers,
|
|
and any other numbered register with a standard use.
|
|
|
|
This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by
|
|
commas and surrounded by braces. The @var{n}th number is 1 if
|
|
register @var{n} is fixed, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
|
The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by
|
|
the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically,
|
|
by the actions of the macro @code{CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}, or by
|
|
the user with the command options @samp{-ffixed-@var{reg}},
|
|
@samp{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @samp{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}.
|
|
|
|
@findex CALL_USED_REGISTERS
|
|
@item CALL_USED_REGISTERS
|
|
@cindex call-used register
|
|
@cindex call-clobbered register
|
|
@cindex call-saved register
|
|
Like @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} but has 1 for each register that is
|
|
clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed
|
|
registers. This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not
|
|
available for general allocation of values that must live across
|
|
function calls.
|
|
|
|
If a register has 0 in @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}, the compiler
|
|
automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function
|
|
exit, if the register is used within the function.
|
|
|
|
@findex CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
|
|
@findex fixed_regs
|
|
@findex call_used_regs
|
|
@item CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
|
|
Zero or more C statements that may conditionally modify two variables
|
|
@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} (both of type @code{char
|
|
[]}) after they have been initialized from the two preceding macros.
|
|
|
|
This is necessary in case the fixed or call-clobbered registers depend
|
|
on target flags.
|
|
|
|
You need not define this macro if it has no work to do.
|
|
|
|
@cindex disabling certain registers
|
|
@cindex controlling register usage
|
|
If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target
|
|
flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify
|
|
@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the
|
|
registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC. Also define
|
|
the macro @code{REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER} to return @code{NO_REGS} if it
|
|
is called with a letter for a class that shouldn't be used.
|
|
|
|
(However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all
|
|
of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are
|
|
controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using
|
|
these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)
|
|
|
|
@findex NON_SAVING_SETJMP
|
|
@item NON_SAVING_SETJMP
|
|
If this macro is defined and has a nonzero value, it means that
|
|
@code{setjmp} and related functions fail to save the registers, or that
|
|
@code{longjmp} fails to restore them. To compensate, the compiler
|
|
avoids putting variables in registers in functions that use
|
|
@code{setjmp}.
|
|
|
|
@findex INCOMING_REGNO
|
|
@item INCOMING_REGNO (@var{out})
|
|
Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
|
|
expression returns the register number as seen by the called function
|
|
corresponding to the register number @var{out} as seen by the calling
|
|
function. Return @var{out} if register number @var{out} is not an
|
|
outbound register.
|
|
|
|
@findex OUTGOING_REGNO
|
|
@item OUTGOING_REGNO (@var{in})
|
|
Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
|
|
expression returns the register number as seen by the calling function
|
|
corresponding to the register number @var{in} as seen by the called
|
|
function. Return @var{in} if register number @var{in} is not an inbound
|
|
register.
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@findex PC_REGNUM
|
|
@item PC_REGNUM
|
|
If the program counter has a register number, define this as that
|
|
register number. Otherwise, do not define it.
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Allocation Order
|
|
@subsection Order of Allocation of Registers
|
|
@cindex order of register allocation
|
|
@cindex register allocation order
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
Registers are allocated in order.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex REG_ALLOC_ORDER
|
|
@item REG_ALLOC_ORDER
|
|
If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the
|
|
numbers of hard registers in the order in which GNU CC should prefer
|
|
to use them (from most preferred to least).
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first
|
|
(all else being equal).
|
|
|
|
One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered
|
|
registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers
|
|
instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers. On such
|
|
machines, define @code{REG_ALLOC_ORDER} to be an initializer that lists
|
|
the highest numbered allocatable register first.
|
|
|
|
@findex ORDER_REGS_FOR_LOCAL_ALLOC
|
|
@item ORDER_REGS_FOR_LOCAL_ALLOC
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to choose the order in which to allocate
|
|
hard registers for pseudo-registers local to a basic block.
|
|
|
|
Store the desired register order in the array @code{reg_alloc_order}.
|
|
Element 0 should be the register to allocate first; element 1, the next
|
|
register; and so on.
|
|
|
|
The macro body should not assume anything about the contents of
|
|
@code{reg_alloc_order} before execution of the macro.
|
|
|
|
On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Values in Registers
|
|
@subsection How Values Fit in Registers
|
|
|
|
This section discusses the macros that describe which kinds of values
|
|
(specifically, which machine modes) each register can hold, and how many
|
|
consecutive registers are needed for a given mode.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex HARD_REGNO_NREGS
|
|
@item HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
|
|
A C expression for the number of consecutive hard registers, starting
|
|
at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode
|
|
@var{mode}.
|
|
|
|
On a machine where all registers are exactly one word, a suitable
|
|
definition of this macro is
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
#define HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE) \
|
|
((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) \
|
|
/ UNITS_PER_WORD))
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@findex HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
|
|
@item HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
|
|
A C expression that is nonzero if it is permissible to store a value
|
|
of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several
|
|
registers starting with that one). For a machine where all registers
|
|
are equivalent, a suitable definition is
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
#define HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(REGNO, MODE) 1
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
It is not necessary for this macro to check for the numbers of fixed
|
|
registers, because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always
|
|
occupied.
|
|
|
|
@cindex register pairs
|
|
On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd
|
|
register pairs. The way to implement that is to define this macro
|
|
to reject odd register numbers for such modes.
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@c I think this is not true now
|
|
GNU CC assumes that it can always move values between registers and
|
|
(suitably addressed) memory locations. If it is impossible to move a
|
|
value of a certain mode between memory and certain registers, then
|
|
@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} must not allow this mode in those registers.
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the
|
|
@samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the
|
|
register and any other hard register for which the mode is OK; and that
|
|
moving a value into the register and back out not alter it.
|
|
|
|
Since the same instruction used to move @code{SImode} will work for all
|
|
narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for
|
|
@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} to distinguish between these modes, provided
|
|
you define patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This
|
|
is useful because of the interaction between @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}
|
|
and @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer modes
|
|
to be tieable.
|
|
|
|
Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.
|
|
Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only
|
|
in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that
|
|
can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine
|
|
mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those
|
|
registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.
|
|
|
|
On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine
|
|
modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating
|
|
registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a
|
|
non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,
|
|
@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in
|
|
floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically
|
|
normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it
|
|
unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating
|
|
register, so you can define this macro to say so.
|
|
|
|
The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that
|
|
they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic
|
|
instructions. However, this is of no concern to
|
|
@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper
|
|
constraints for those instructions.
|
|
|
|
On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,
|
|
so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a
|
|
register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the
|
|
floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not
|
|
be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.
|
|
|
|
@findex MODES_TIEABLE_P
|
|
@item MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})
|
|
A C expression that is nonzero if it is desirable to choose register
|
|
allocation so as to avoid move instructions between a value of mode
|
|
@var{mode1} and a value of mode @var{mode2}.
|
|
|
|
If @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and
|
|
@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are ever different
|
|
for any @var{r}, then @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1},
|
|
@var{mode2})} must be zero.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Leaf Functions
|
|
@subsection Handling Leaf Functions
|
|
|
|
@cindex leaf functions
|
|
@cindex functions, leaf
|
|
On some machines, a leaf function (i.e., one which makes no calls) can run
|
|
more efficiently if it does not make its own register window. Often this
|
|
means it is required to receive its arguments in the registers where they
|
|
are passed by the caller, instead of the registers where they would
|
|
normally arrive.
|
|
|
|
The special treatment for leaf functions generally applies only when
|
|
other conditions are met; for example, often they may use only those
|
|
registers for its own variables and temporaries. We use the term ``leaf
|
|
function'' to mean a function that is suitable for this special
|
|
handling, so that functions with no calls are not necessarily ``leaf
|
|
functions''.
|
|
|
|
GNU CC assigns register numbers before it knows whether the function is
|
|
suitable for leaf function treatment. So it needs to renumber the
|
|
registers in order to output a leaf function. The following macros
|
|
accomplish this.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex LEAF_REGISTERS
|
|
@item LEAF_REGISTERS
|
|
A C initializer for a vector, indexed by hard register number, which
|
|
contains 1 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf
|
|
function treatment.
|
|
|
|
If leaf function treatment involves renumbering the registers, then the
|
|
registers marked here should be the ones before renumbering---those that
|
|
GNU CC would ordinarily allocate. The registers which will actually be
|
|
used in the assembler code, after renumbering, should not be marked with 1
|
|
in this vector.
|
|
|
|
Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize
|
|
the treatment of leaf functions.
|
|
|
|
@findex LEAF_REG_REMAP
|
|
@item LEAF_REG_REMAP (@var{regno})
|
|
A C expression whose value is the register number to which @var{regno}
|
|
should be renumbered, when a function is treated as a leaf function.
|
|
|
|
If @var{regno} is a register number which should not appear in a leaf
|
|
function before renumbering, then the expression should yield -1, which
|
|
will cause the compiler to abort.
|
|
|
|
Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the
|
|
treatment of leaf functions, and registers need to be renumbered to do
|
|
this.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@findex leaf_function
|
|
Normally, @code{FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and @code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must
|
|
treat leaf functions specially. It can test the C variable
|
|
@code{leaf_function} which is nonzero for leaf functions. (The variable
|
|
@code{leaf_function} is defined only if @code{LEAF_REGISTERS} is
|
|
defined.)
|
|
@c changed this to fix overfull. ALSO: why the "it" at the beginning
|
|
@c of the next paragraph?! --mew 2feb93
|
|
|
|
@node Stack Registers
|
|
@subsection Registers That Form a Stack
|
|
|
|
There are special features to handle computers where some of the
|
|
``registers'' form a stack, as in the 80387 coprocessor for the 80386.
|
|
Stack registers are normally written by pushing onto the stack, and are
|
|
numbered relative to the top of the stack.
|
|
|
|
Currently, GNU CC can only handle one group of stack-like registers, and
|
|
they must be consecutively numbered.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex STACK_REGS
|
|
@item STACK_REGS
|
|
Define this if the machine has any stack-like registers.
|
|
|
|
@findex FIRST_STACK_REG
|
|
@item FIRST_STACK_REG
|
|
The number of the first stack-like register. This one is the top
|
|
of the stack.
|
|
|
|
@findex LAST_STACK_REG
|
|
@item LAST_STACK_REG
|
|
The number of the last stack-like register. This one is the bottom of
|
|
the stack.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Obsolete Register Macros
|
|
@subsection Obsolete Macros for Controlling Register Usage
|
|
|
|
These features do not work very well. They exist because they used to
|
|
be required to generate correct code for the 80387 coprocessor of the
|
|
80386. They are no longer used by that machine description and may be
|
|
removed in a later version of the compiler. Don't use them!
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P
|
|
@item OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
|
|
If defined, this is a C expression whose value is nonzero if hard
|
|
register number @var{regno} is an overlapping register. This means a
|
|
hard register which overlaps a hard register with a different number.
|
|
(Such overlap is undesirable, but occasionally it allows a machine to
|
|
be supported which otherwise could not be.) This macro must return
|
|
nonzero for @emph{all} the registers which overlap each other. GNU CC
|
|
can use an overlapping register only in certain limited ways. It can
|
|
be used for allocation within a basic block, and may be spilled for
|
|
reloading; that is all.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, it means that none of the hard registers
|
|
overlap each other. This is the usual situation.
|
|
|
|
@findex INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P
|
|
@item INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P (@var{insn}, @var{regno})
|
|
If defined, this is a C expression whose value should be nonzero if
|
|
the insn @var{insn} has the effect of mysteriously clobbering the
|
|
contents of hard register number @var{regno}. By ``mysterious'' we
|
|
mean that the insn's RTL expression doesn't describe such an effect.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, it means that no insn clobbers registers
|
|
mysteriously. This is the usual situation; all else being equal,
|
|
it is best for the RTL expression to show all the activity.
|
|
|
|
@cindex death notes
|
|
@findex PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P
|
|
@item PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
|
|
If defined, this is a C expression whose value is nonzero if accurate
|
|
@code{REG_DEAD} notes are needed for hard register number @var{regno}
|
|
at the time of outputting the assembler code. When this is so, a few
|
|
optimizations that take place after register allocation and could
|
|
invalidate the death notes are not done when this register is
|
|
involved.
|
|
|
|
You would arrange to preserve death info for a register when some of the
|
|
code in the machine description which is executed to write the assembler
|
|
code looks at the death notes. This is necessary only when the actual
|
|
hardware feature which GNU CC thinks of as a register is not actually a
|
|
register of the usual sort. (It might, for example, be a hardware
|
|
stack.)
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, it means that no death notes need to be
|
|
preserved. This is the usual situation.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Register Classes
|
|
@section Register Classes
|
|
@cindex register class definitions
|
|
@cindex class definitions, register
|
|
|
|
On many machines, the numbered registers are not all equivalent.
|
|
For example, certain registers may not be allowed for indexed addressing;
|
|
certain registers may not be allowed in some instructions. These machine
|
|
restrictions are described to the compiler using @dfn{register classes}.
|
|
|
|
You define a number of register classes, giving each one a name and saying
|
|
which of the registers belong to it. Then you can specify register classes
|
|
that are allowed as operands to particular instruction patterns.
|
|
|
|
@findex ALL_REGS
|
|
@findex NO_REGS
|
|
In general, each register will belong to several classes. In fact, one
|
|
class must be named @code{ALL_REGS} and contain all the registers. Another
|
|
class must be named @code{NO_REGS} and contain no registers. Often the
|
|
union of two classes will be another class; however, this is not required.
|
|
|
|
@findex GENERAL_REGS
|
|
One of the classes must be named @code{GENERAL_REGS}. There is nothing
|
|
terribly special about the name, but the operand constraint letters
|
|
@samp{r} and @samp{g} specify this class. If @code{GENERAL_REGS} is
|
|
the same as @code{ALL_REGS}, just define it as a macro which expands
|
|
to @code{ALL_REGS}.
|
|
|
|
Order the classes so that if class @var{x} is contained in class @var{y}
|
|
then @var{x} has a lower class number than @var{y}.
|
|
|
|
The way classes other than @code{GENERAL_REGS} are specified in operand
|
|
constraints is through machine-dependent operand constraint letters.
|
|
You can define such letters to correspond to various classes, then use
|
|
them in operand constraints.
|
|
|
|
You should define a class for the union of two classes whenever some
|
|
instruction allows both classes. For example, if an instruction allows
|
|
either a floating point (coprocessor) register or a general register for a
|
|
certain operand, you should define a class @code{FLOAT_OR_GENERAL_REGS}
|
|
which includes both of them. Otherwise you will get suboptimal code.
|
|
|
|
You must also specify certain redundant information about the register
|
|
classes: for each class, which classes contain it and which ones are
|
|
contained in it; for each pair of classes, the largest class contained
|
|
in their union.
|
|
|
|
When a value occupying several consecutive registers is expected in a
|
|
certain class, all the registers used must belong to that class.
|
|
Therefore, register classes cannot be used to enforce a requirement for
|
|
a register pair to start with an even-numbered register. The way to
|
|
specify this requirement is with @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}.
|
|
|
|
Register classes used for input-operands of bitwise-and or shift
|
|
instructions have a special requirement: each such class must have, for
|
|
each fixed-point machine mode, a subclass whose registers can transfer that
|
|
mode to or from memory. For example, on some machines, the operations for
|
|
single-byte values (@code{QImode}) are limited to certain registers. When
|
|
this is so, each register class that is used in a bitwise-and or shift
|
|
instruction must have a subclass consisting of registers from which
|
|
single-byte values can be loaded or stored. This is so that
|
|
@code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} can always have a possible value to return.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex enum reg_class
|
|
@item enum reg_class
|
|
An enumeral type that must be defined with all the register class names
|
|
as enumeral values. @code{NO_REGS} must be first. @code{ALL_REGS}
|
|
must be the last register class, followed by one more enumeral value,
|
|
@code{LIM_REG_CLASSES}, which is not a register class but rather
|
|
tells how many classes there are.
|
|
|
|
Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting
|
|
the class name to type @code{int}. The number serves as an index
|
|
in many of the tables described below.
|
|
|
|
@findex N_REG_CLASSES
|
|
@item N_REG_CLASSES
|
|
The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
#define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex REG_CLASS_NAMES
|
|
@item REG_CLASS_NAMES
|
|
An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string
|
|
constants. These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps.
|
|
|
|
@findex REG_CLASS_CONTENTS
|
|
@item REG_CLASS_CONTENTS
|
|
An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers
|
|
which are bit masks. The @var{n}th integer specifies the contents of class
|
|
@var{n}. The way the integer @var{mask} is interpreted is that
|
|
register @var{r} is in the class if @code{@var{mask} & (1 << @var{r})} is 1.
|
|
|
|
When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice.
|
|
Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing
|
|
several integers. Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer
|
|
for the type @code{HARD_REG_SET} which is defined in @file{hard-reg-set.h}.
|
|
|
|
@findex REGNO_REG_CLASS
|
|
@item REGNO_REG_CLASS (@var{regno})
|
|
A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register
|
|
@var{regno}. In general there is more than one such class; choose a class
|
|
which is @dfn{minimal}, meaning that no smaller class also contains the
|
|
register.
|
|
|
|
@findex BASE_REG_CLASS
|
|
@item BASE_REG_CLASS
|
|
A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
|
|
base register must belong. A base register is one used in an address
|
|
which is the register value plus a displacement.
|
|
|
|
@findex INDEX_REG_CLASS
|
|
@item INDEX_REG_CLASS
|
|
A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
|
|
index register must belong. An index register is one used in an
|
|
address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or
|
|
added to another register (as well as added to a displacement).
|
|
|
|
@findex REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER
|
|
@item REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (@var{char})
|
|
A C expression which defines the machine-dependent operand constraint
|
|
letters for register classes. If @var{char} is such a letter, the
|
|
value should be the register class corresponding to it. Otherwise,
|
|
the value should be @code{NO_REGS}. The register letter @samp{r},
|
|
corresponding to class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, will not be passed
|
|
to this macro; you do not need to handle it.
|
|
|
|
@findex REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P
|
|
@item REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num})
|
|
A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
|
|
suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses. It may be
|
|
either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been
|
|
allocated such a hard register.
|
|
|
|
@findex REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P
|
|
@item REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{num})
|
|
A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
|
|
suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses. It may be
|
|
either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been
|
|
allocated such a hard register.
|
|
|
|
The difference between an index register and a base register is that
|
|
the index register may be scaled. If an address involves the sum of
|
|
two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be
|
|
labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever
|
|
labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers
|
|
may serve in each capacity. The compiler will try both labelings,
|
|
looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers
|
|
only if neither labeling works.
|
|
|
|
@findex PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
|
|
@item PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class})
|
|
A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
|
|
to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class
|
|
@var{class}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps
|
|
another, smaller class. On many machines, the following definition is
|
|
safe:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For
|
|
example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range
|
|
for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always
|
|
@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{class} includes the data registers.
|
|
Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.
|
|
|
|
If @var{x} is a @code{const_double}, by returning @code{NO_REGS}
|
|
you can force @var{x} into a memory constant. This is useful on
|
|
certain machines where immediate floating values cannot be loaded into
|
|
certain kinds of registers.
|
|
|
|
@findex PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
|
|
@item PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class})
|
|
Like @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of
|
|
input reloads. If you don't define this macro, the default is to use
|
|
@var{class}, unchanged.
|
|
|
|
@findex LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS
|
|
@item LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{class})
|
|
A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
|
|
to use when it is necessary to be able to hold a value of mode
|
|
@var{mode} in a reload register for which class @var{class} would
|
|
ordinarily be used.
|
|
|
|
Unlike @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, this macro should be used when
|
|
there are certain modes that simply can't go in certain reload classes.
|
|
|
|
The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps another,
|
|
smaller class.
|
|
|
|
Don't define this macro unless the target machine has limitations which
|
|
require the macro to do something nontrivial.
|
|
|
|
@findex SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS
|
|
@findex SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
|
|
@findex SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
|
|
@item SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
|
|
@itemx SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
|
|
@itemx SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
|
|
Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or
|
|
from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the
|
|
@samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or
|
|
from general registers, but not memory. Some machines allow copying all
|
|
registers to and from memory, but require a scratch register for stores
|
|
to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic address on the RT,
|
|
and those with certain symbolic address on the Sparc when compiling
|
|
PIC). In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are
|
|
required.
|
|
|
|
You should define these macros to indicate to the reload phase that it may
|
|
need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the
|
|
register to contain the data. Specifically, if copying @var{x} to a
|
|
register @var{class} in @var{mode} requires an intermediate register,
|
|
you should define @code{SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to return the
|
|
largest register class all of whose registers can be used as
|
|
intermediate registers or scratch registers.
|
|
|
|
If copying a register @var{class} in @var{mode} to @var{x} requires an
|
|
intermediate or scratch register, @code{SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS}
|
|
should be defined to return the largest register class required. If the
|
|
requirements for input and output reloads are the same, the macro
|
|
@code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS} should be used instead of defining both
|
|
macros identically.
|
|
|
|
The values returned by these macros are often @code{GENERAL_REGS}.
|
|
Return @code{NO_REGS} if no spare register is needed; i.e., if @var{x}
|
|
can be directly copied to or from a register of @var{class} in
|
|
@var{mode} without requiring a scratch register. Do not define this
|
|
macro if it would always return @code{NO_REGS}.
|
|
|
|
If a scratch register is required (either with or without an
|
|
intermediate register), you should define patterns for
|
|
@samp{reload_in@var{m}} or @samp{reload_out@var{m}}, as required
|
|
(@pxref{Standard Names}. These patterns, which will normally be
|
|
implemented with a @code{define_expand}, should be similar to the
|
|
@samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, except that operand 2 is the scratch
|
|
register.
|
|
|
|
Define constraints for the reload register and scratch register that
|
|
contain a single register class. If the original reload register (whose
|
|
class is @var{class}) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the
|
|
value returned by these macros is used for the class of the scratch
|
|
register. Otherwise, two additional reload registers are required.
|
|
Their classes are obtained from the constraints in the insn pattern.
|
|
|
|
@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a
|
|
pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.
|
|
Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return -1 if the pseudo is
|
|
in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.
|
|
|
|
These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of
|
|
registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of
|
|
registers. In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and
|
|
would not be helpful. Instead, a stack location must be used to perform
|
|
the copy and the @code{mov@var{m}} pattern should use memory as a
|
|
intermediate storage. This case often occurs between floating-point and
|
|
general registers.
|
|
|
|
@findex SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
|
|
@item SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (@var{class1}, @var{class2}, @var{m})
|
|
Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied
|
|
to some other registers without using memory. Define this macro on
|
|
those machines to be a C expression that is non-zero if objects of mode
|
|
@var{m} in registers of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of
|
|
class @var{class2} by storing a register of @var{class1} into memory
|
|
and loading that memory location into a register of @var{class2}.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if its value would always be zero.
|
|
|
|
@findex SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX
|
|
@item SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (@var{mode})
|
|
Normally when @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} is defined, the compiler
|
|
allocates a stack slot for a memory location needed for register copies.
|
|
If this macro is defined, the compiler instead uses the memory location
|
|
defined by this macro.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if you do not define
|
|
@code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED}.
|
|
|
|
@findex SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE
|
|
@item SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE (@var{mode})
|
|
When the compiler needs a secondary memory location to copy between two
|
|
registers of mode @var{mode}, it normally allocates sufficient memory to
|
|
hold a quantity of @code{BITS_PER_WORD} bits and performs the store and
|
|
load operations in a mode that many bits wide and whose class is the
|
|
same as that of @var{mode}.
|
|
|
|
This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures that all
|
|
bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the registers
|
|
in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for floating-point
|
|
registers.
|
|
|
|
However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as
|
|
the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers
|
|
differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default
|
|
widening will not work correctly and you must define this macro to
|
|
suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.h} for
|
|
details.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if you do not define
|
|
@code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} or if widening @var{mode} to a mode that
|
|
is @code{BITS_PER_WORD} bits wide is correct for your machine.
|
|
|
|
@findex SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
|
|
@item SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
|
|
Normally the compiler avoids choosing registers that have been
|
|
explicitly mentioned in the rtl as spill registers (these registers are
|
|
normally those used to pass parameters and return values). However,
|
|
some machines have so few registers of certain classes that there
|
|
would not be enough registers to use as spill registers if this were
|
|
done.
|
|
|
|
Define @code{SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES} on these machines. When it is
|
|
defined, the compiler allows registers explicitly used in the rtl to be
|
|
used as spill registers but avoids extending the lifetime of these
|
|
registers.
|
|
|
|
It is always safe to define this macro, but if you unnecessarily define
|
|
it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations that can be performed in
|
|
some cases. If you do not define this macro when it is required, the
|
|
compiler will run out of spill registers and print a fatal error
|
|
message. For most machines, you should not define this macro.
|
|
|
|
@findex CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P
|
|
@item CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P (@var{class})
|
|
A C expression whose value is nonzero if pseudos that have been assigned
|
|
to registers of class @var{class} would likely be spilled because
|
|
registers of @var{class} are needed for spill registers.
|
|
|
|
The default value of this macro returns 1 if @var{class} has exactly one
|
|
register and zero otherwise. On most machines, this default should be
|
|
used. Only define this macro to some other expression if pseudo
|
|
allocated by @file{local-alloc.c} end up in memory because their hard
|
|
registers were needed for spill registers. If this macro returns nonzero
|
|
for those classes, those pseudos will only be allocated by
|
|
@file{global.c}, which knows how to reallocate the pseudo to another
|
|
register. If there would not be another register available for
|
|
reallocation, you should not change the definition of this macro since
|
|
the only effect of such a definition would be to slow down register
|
|
allocation.
|
|
|
|
@findex CLASS_MAX_NREGS
|
|
@item CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})
|
|
A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers
|
|
of class @var{class} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.
|
|
|
|
This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,
|
|
the value of the macro @code{CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})}
|
|
should be the maximum value of @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno},
|
|
@var{mode})} for all @var{regno} values in the class @var{class}.
|
|
|
|
This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values
|
|
in the reload pass.
|
|
|
|
@item CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE
|
|
If defined, a C expression for a class that contains registers which the
|
|
compiler must always access in a mode that is the same size as the mode
|
|
in which it loaded the register.
|
|
|
|
For the example, loading 32-bit integer or floating-point objects into
|
|
floating-point registers on the Alpha extends them to 64-bits.
|
|
Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a 32-bit object
|
|
does not store the low-order 32-bits, as would be the case for a normal
|
|
register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines this macro as
|
|
@code{FLOAT_REGS}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Three other special macros describe which operands fit which constraint
|
|
letters.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P
|
|
@item CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (@var{value}, @var{c})
|
|
A C expression that defines the machine-dependent operand constraint letters
|
|
that specify particular ranges of integer values. If @var{c} is one
|
|
of those letters, the expression should check that @var{value}, an integer,
|
|
is in the appropriate range and return 1 if so, 0 otherwise. If @var{c} is
|
|
not one of those letters, the value should be 0 regardless of @var{value}.
|
|
|
|
@findex CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P
|
|
@item CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (@var{value}, @var{c})
|
|
A C expression that defines the machine-dependent operand constraint
|
|
letters that specify particular ranges of @code{const_double} values.
|
|
|
|
If @var{c} is one of those letters, the expression should check that
|
|
@var{value}, an RTX of code @code{const_double}, is in the appropriate
|
|
range and return 1 if so, 0 otherwise. If @var{c} is not one of those
|
|
letters, the value should be 0 regardless of @var{value}.
|
|
|
|
@code{const_double} is used for all floating-point constants and for
|
|
@code{DImode} fixed-point constants. A given letter can accept either
|
|
or both kinds of values. It can use @code{GET_MODE} to distinguish
|
|
between these kinds.
|
|
|
|
@findex EXTRA_CONSTRAINT
|
|
@item EXTRA_CONSTRAINT (@var{value}, @var{c})
|
|
A C expression that defines the optional machine-dependent constraint
|
|
letters that can be used to segregate specific types of operands,
|
|
usually memory references, for the target machine. Normally this macro
|
|
will not be defined. If it is required for a particular target machine,
|
|
it should return 1 if @var{value} corresponds to the operand type
|
|
represented by the constraint letter @var{c}. If @var{c} is not defined
|
|
as an extra constraint, the value returned should be 0 regardless of
|
|
@var{value}.
|
|
|
|
For example, on the ROMP, load instructions cannot have their output in r0 if
|
|
the memory reference contains a symbolic address. Constraint letter
|
|
@samp{Q} is defined as representing a memory address that does
|
|
@emph{not} contain a symbolic address. An alternative is specified with
|
|
a @samp{Q} constraint on the input and @samp{r} on the output. The next
|
|
alternative specifies @samp{m} on the input and a register class that
|
|
does not include r0 on the output.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Stack and Calling
|
|
@section Stack Layout and Calling Conventions
|
|
@cindex calling conventions
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
This describes the stack layout and calling conventions.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Frame Layout::
|
|
* Frame Registers::
|
|
* Elimination::
|
|
* Stack Arguments::
|
|
* Register Arguments::
|
|
* Scalar Return::
|
|
* Aggregate Return::
|
|
* Caller Saves::
|
|
* Function Entry::
|
|
* Profiling::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Frame Layout
|
|
@subsection Basic Stack Layout
|
|
@cindex stack frame layout
|
|
@cindex frame layout
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
Here is the basic stack layout.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
|
|
@item STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
|
|
Define this macro if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack
|
|
pointer to a smaller address.
|
|
|
|
When we say, ``define this macro if @dots{},'' it means that the
|
|
compiler checks this macro only with @code{#ifdef} so the precise
|
|
definition used does not matter.
|
|
|
|
@findex FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
|
|
@item FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
|
|
Define this macro if the addresses of local variable slots are at negative
|
|
offsets from the frame pointer.
|
|
|
|
@findex ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
|
|
@item ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
|
|
Define this macro if successive arguments to a function occupy decreasing
|
|
addresses on the stack.
|
|
|
|
@findex STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET
|
|
@item STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET
|
|
Offset from the frame pointer to the first local variable slot to be allocated.
|
|
|
|
If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, find the next slot's offset by
|
|
subtracting the first slot's length from @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET}.
|
|
Otherwise, it is found by adding the length of the first slot to the
|
|
value @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET}.
|
|
@c i'm not sure if the above is still correct.. had to change it to get
|
|
@c rid of an overfull. --mew 2feb93
|
|
|
|
@findex STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
|
|
@item STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
|
|
Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which
|
|
outgoing arguments are placed. If not specified, the default value of
|
|
zero is used. This is the proper value for most machines.
|
|
|
|
If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
|
|
the first location at which outgoing arguments are placed.
|
|
|
|
@findex FIRST_PARM_OFFSET
|
|
@item FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
|
|
Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's
|
|
address. On some machines it may depend on the data type of the
|
|
function.
|
|
|
|
If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
|
|
the first argument's address.
|
|
|
|
@findex STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET
|
|
@item STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
|
|
Offset from the stack pointer register to an item dynamically allocated
|
|
on the stack, e.g., by @code{alloca}.
|
|
|
|
The default value for this macro is @code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} plus the
|
|
length of the outgoing arguments. The default is correct for most
|
|
machines. See @file{function.c} for details.
|
|
|
|
@findex DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS
|
|
@item DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (@var{frameaddr})
|
|
A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack
|
|
frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored. Assume that
|
|
@var{frameaddr} is an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame
|
|
itself.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value
|
|
of @var{frameaddr}---that is, the stack frame address is also the
|
|
address of the stack word that points to the previous frame.
|
|
|
|
@findex SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES
|
|
@item SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES ()
|
|
If defined, a C expression that produces the machine-specific code to
|
|
setup the stack so that arbitrary frames can be accessed. For example,
|
|
on the Sparc, we must flush all of the register windows to the stack
|
|
before we can access arbitrary stack frames.
|
|
This macro will seldom need to be defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex RETURN_ADDR_RTX
|
|
@item RETURN_ADDR_RTX (@var{count}, @var{frameaddr})
|
|
A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return
|
|
address for the frame @var{count} steps up from the current frame.
|
|
@var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer of the @var{count} frame, or
|
|
the frame pointer of the @var{count} @minus{} 1 frame if
|
|
@code{RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME} is defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME
|
|
@item RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME
|
|
Define this if the return address of a particular stack frame is accessed
|
|
from the frame pointer of the previous stack frame.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@need 2000
|
|
@node Frame Registers
|
|
@subsection Registers That Address the Stack Frame
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
This discusses registers that address the stack frame.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
|
|
@item STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
|
|
The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a
|
|
fixed register according to @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}. On most machines,
|
|
the hardware determines which register this is.
|
|
|
|
@findex FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
|
@item FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
|
The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to
|
|
access automatic variables in the stack frame. On some machines, the
|
|
hardware determines which register this is. On other machines, you can
|
|
choose any register you wish for this purpose.
|
|
|
|
@findex HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
|
@item HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
|
On some machines the offset between the frame pointer and starting
|
|
offset of the automatic variables is not known until after register
|
|
allocation has been done (for example, because the saved registers are
|
|
between these two locations). On those machines, define
|
|
@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} the number of a special, fixed register to
|
|
be used internally until the offset is known, and define
|
|
@code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} to be actual the hard register number
|
|
used for the frame pointer.
|
|
|
|
You should define this macro only in the very rare circumstances when it
|
|
is not possible to calculate the offset between the frame pointer and
|
|
the automatic variables until after register allocation has been
|
|
completed. When this macro is defined, you must also indicate in your
|
|
definition of @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} how to eliminate
|
|
@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} into either @code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}
|
|
or @code{STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if it would be the same as
|
|
@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}.
|
|
|
|
@findex ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
|
|
@item ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
|
|
The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access
|
|
the function's argument list. On some machines, this is the same as the
|
|
frame pointer register. On some machines, the hardware determines which
|
|
register this is. On other machines, you can choose any register you
|
|
wish for this purpose. If this is not the same register as the frame
|
|
pointer register, then you must mark it as a fixed register according to
|
|
@code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, or arrange to be able to eliminate it
|
|
(@pxref{Elimination}).
|
|
|
|
@findex STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
|
|
@findex STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM
|
|
@item STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
|
|
@itemx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM
|
|
Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer. If
|
|
register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called
|
|
function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM}, while the register
|
|
number as seen by the calling function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM}. If
|
|
these registers are the same, @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM} need
|
|
not be defined.@refill
|
|
|
|
The static chain register need not be a fixed register.
|
|
|
|
If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be
|
|
defined; instead, the next two macros should be defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex STATIC_CHAIN
|
|
@findex STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING
|
|
@item STATIC_CHAIN
|
|
@itemx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING
|
|
If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros provide rtx giving
|
|
@code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.
|
|
@code{STATIC_CHAIN} and @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING} give the locations
|
|
as seen by the calling and called functions, respectively. Often the former
|
|
will be at an offset from the stack pointer and the latter at an offset from
|
|
the frame pointer.@refill
|
|
|
|
@findex stack_pointer_rtx
|
|
@findex frame_pointer_rtx
|
|
@findex arg_pointer_rtx
|
|
The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and
|
|
@code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized prior to the use of these
|
|
macros and should be used to refer to those items.
|
|
|
|
If the static chain is passed in a register, the two previous macros should
|
|
be defined instead.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Elimination
|
|
@subsection Eliminating Frame Pointer and Arg Pointer
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
This is about eliminating the frame pointer and arg pointer.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
|
|
@item FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
|
|
A C expression which is nonzero if a function must have and use a frame
|
|
pointer. This expression is evaluated in the reload pass. If its value is
|
|
nonzero the function will have a frame pointer.
|
|
|
|
The expression can in principle examine the current function and decide
|
|
according to the facts, but on most machines the constant 0 or the
|
|
constant 1 suffices. Use 0 when the machine allows code to be generated
|
|
with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space. Use 1
|
|
when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame pointer.
|
|
|
|
In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code
|
|
without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and
|
|
automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what
|
|
@code{FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} says. You don't need to worry about
|
|
them.@refill
|
|
|
|
In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer
|
|
register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a
|
|
fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.
|
|
|
|
@findex INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET
|
|
@findex get_frame_size
|
|
@item INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET (@var{depth-var})
|
|
A C statement to store in the variable @var{depth-var} the difference
|
|
between the frame pointer and the stack pointer values immediately after
|
|
the function prologue. The value would be computed from information
|
|
such as the result of @code{get_frame_size ()} and the tables of
|
|
registers @code{regs_ever_live} and @code{call_used_regs}.
|
|
|
|
If @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} is defined, this macro will be not be used and
|
|
need not be defined. Otherwise, it must be defined even if
|
|
@code{FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} is defined to always be true; in that
|
|
case, you may set @var{depth-var} to anything.
|
|
|
|
@findex ELIMINABLE_REGS
|
|
@item ELIMINABLE_REGS
|
|
If defined, this macro specifies a table of register pairs used to
|
|
eliminate unneeded registers that point into the stack frame. If it is not
|
|
defined, the only elimination attempted by the compiler is to replace
|
|
references to the frame pointer with references to the stack pointer.
|
|
|
|
The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each
|
|
of which specifies an original and replacement register.
|
|
|
|
On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until
|
|
the compilation is completed. In such a case, a separate hard register
|
|
must be used for the argument pointer. This register can be eliminated by
|
|
replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer,
|
|
depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated.
|
|
|
|
In this case, you might specify:
|
|
@example
|
|
#define ELIMINABLE_REGS \
|
|
@{@{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
|
|
@{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
|
|
@{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}@}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is
|
|
specified first since that is the preferred elimination.
|
|
|
|
@findex CAN_ELIMINATE
|
|
@item CAN_ELIMINATE (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg})
|
|
A C expression that returns non-zero if the compiler is allowed to try
|
|
to replace register number @var{from-reg} with register number
|
|
@var{to-reg}. This macro need only be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS}
|
|
is defined, and will usually be the constant 1, since most of the cases
|
|
preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already
|
|
knows about.
|
|
|
|
@findex INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET
|
|
@item INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg}, @var{offset-var})
|
|
This macro is similar to @code{INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET}. It
|
|
specifies the initial difference between the specified pair of
|
|
registers. This macro must be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} is
|
|
defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex LONGJMP_RESTORE_FROM_STACK
|
|
@item LONGJMP_RESTORE_FROM_STACK
|
|
Define this macro if the @code{longjmp} function restores registers from
|
|
the stack frames, rather than from those saved specifically by
|
|
@code{setjmp}. Certain quantities must not be kept in registers across
|
|
a call to @code{setjmp} on such machines.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Stack Arguments
|
|
@subsection Passing Function Arguments on the Stack
|
|
@cindex arguments on stack
|
|
@cindex stack arguments
|
|
|
|
The macros in this section control how arguments are passed
|
|
on the stack. See the following section for other macros that
|
|
control passing certain arguments in registers.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
|
|
@item PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
|
|
Define this macro if an argument declared in a prototype as an
|
|
integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be passed as an
|
|
@code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain cases of
|
|
mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.
|
|
|
|
@findex PUSH_ROUNDING
|
|
@item PUSH_ROUNDING (@var{npushed})
|
|
A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the
|
|
stack when an instruction attempts to push @var{npushed} bytes.
|
|
|
|
If the target machine does not have a push instruction, do not define
|
|
this macro. That directs GNU CC to use an alternate strategy: to
|
|
allocate the entire argument block and then store the arguments into
|
|
it.
|
|
|
|
On some machines, the definition
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES)
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
will suffice. But on other machines, instructions that appear
|
|
to push one byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain
|
|
alignment. Then the definition should be
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1)
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
|
|
@findex current_function_outgoing_args_size
|
|
@item ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
|
|
If defined, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments
|
|
will be computed and placed into the variable
|
|
@code{current_function_outgoing_args_size}. No space will be pushed
|
|
onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should
|
|
increase the stack frame size by this amount.
|
|
|
|
Defining both @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} and @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS}
|
|
is not proper.
|
|
|
|
@findex REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
|
|
@item REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
|
|
Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has been
|
|
allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in
|
|
registers.
|
|
|
|
The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area reserved for
|
|
arguments passed in registers for the function represented by @var{fndecl}.
|
|
|
|
This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the
|
|
machine-dependent stack frame: @code{OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} says
|
|
which.
|
|
@c above is overfull. not sure what to do. --mew 5feb93 did
|
|
@c something, not sure if it looks good. --mew 10feb93
|
|
|
|
@findex MAYBE_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
|
|
@findex FINAL_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
|
|
@item MAYBE_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
|
|
@itemx FINAL_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{const_size}, @var{var_size})
|
|
Define these macros in addition to the one above if functions might
|
|
allocate stack space for arguments even when their values are passed
|
|
in registers. These should be used when the stack space allocated
|
|
for arguments in registers is not a simple constant independent of the
|
|
function declaration.
|
|
|
|
The value of the first macro is the size, in bytes, of the area that
|
|
we should initially assume would be reserved for arguments passed in registers.
|
|
|
|
The value of the second macro is the actual size, in bytes, of the area
|
|
that will be reserved for arguments passed in registers. This takes two
|
|
arguments: an integer representing the number of bytes of fixed sized
|
|
arguments on the stack, and a tree representing the number of bytes of
|
|
variable sized arguments on the stack.
|
|
|
|
When these macros are defined, @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} will only be
|
|
called for libcall functions, the current function, or for a function
|
|
being called when it is known that such stack space must be allocated.
|
|
In each case this value can be easily computed.
|
|
|
|
When deciding whether a called function needs such stack space, and how
|
|
much space to reserve, GNU CC uses these two macros instead of
|
|
@code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}.
|
|
|
|
@findex OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
|
|
@item OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
|
|
Define this if it is the responsibility of the caller to allocate the area
|
|
reserved for arguments passed in registers.
|
|
|
|
If @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, this macro controls
|
|
whether the space for these arguments counts in the value of
|
|
@code{current_function_outgoing_args_size}.
|
|
|
|
@findex STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA
|
|
@item STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA
|
|
Define this macro if @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is defined, but the
|
|
stack parameters don't skip the area specified by it.
|
|
@c i changed this, makes more sens and it should have taken care of the
|
|
@c overfull.. not as specific, tho. --mew 5feb93
|
|
|
|
Normally, when a parameter is not passed in registers, it is placed on the
|
|
stack beyond the @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} area. Defining this macro
|
|
suppresses this behavior and causes the parameter to be passed on the
|
|
stack in its natural location.
|
|
|
|
@findex RETURN_POPS_ARGS
|
|
@item RETURN_POPS_ARGS (@var{fundecl}, @var{funtype}, @var{stack-size})
|
|
A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes of its own
|
|
arguments that a function pops on returning, or 0 if the
|
|
function pops no arguments and the caller must therefore pop them all
|
|
after the function returns.
|
|
|
|
@var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that
|
|
describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.
|
|
From this it is possible to obtain the DECL_MACHINE_ATTRIBUTES of
|
|
the function.
|
|
|
|
@var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that
|
|
describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.
|
|
From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and
|
|
arguments (if known).
|
|
|
|
When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{funtype}
|
|
will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if
|
|
you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so
|
|
by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means
|
|
a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially
|
|
in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.
|
|
|
|
@var{stack-size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the
|
|
stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and
|
|
argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.
|
|
|
|
On the Vax, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition
|
|
of this macro is @var{stack-size}. On the 68000, using the standard
|
|
calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of
|
|
the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling
|
|
convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of
|
|
arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop
|
|
nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,
|
|
@var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed
|
|
number of arguments.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Register Arguments
|
|
@subsection Passing Arguments in Registers
|
|
@cindex arguments in registers
|
|
@cindex registers arguments
|
|
|
|
This section describes the macros which let you control how various
|
|
types of arguments are passed in registers or how they are arranged in
|
|
the stack.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_ARG
|
|
@item FUNCTION_ARG (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{named})
|
|
A C expression that controls whether a function argument is passed
|
|
in a register, and which register.
|
|
|
|
The arguments are @var{cum}, which summarizes all the previous
|
|
arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},
|
|
the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known
|
|
(which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},
|
|
which is 1 for an ordinary argument and 0 for nameless arguments that
|
|
correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called function's prototype.
|
|
|
|
The value of the expression should either be a @code{reg} RTX for the
|
|
hard register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the
|
|
argument on the stack.
|
|
|
|
For machines like the Vax and 68000, where normally all arguments are
|
|
pushed, zero suffices as a definition.
|
|
|
|
@cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments
|
|
The usual way to make the ANSI library @file{stdarg.h} work on a machine
|
|
where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to cause
|
|
nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is done
|
|
by making @code{FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever @var{named} is 0.
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{FUNCTION_ARG}
|
|
@cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{FUNCTION_ARG}
|
|
You may use the macro @code{MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (@var{mode}, @var{type})}
|
|
in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a
|
|
type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}
|
|
is not defined and @code{FUNCTION_ARG} returns non-zero for such an
|
|
argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is
|
|
defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into
|
|
a register.
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
|
|
@item FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{named})
|
|
Define this macro if the target machine has ``register windows'', so
|
|
that the register in which a function sees an arguments is not
|
|
necessarily the same as the one in which the caller passed the
|
|
argument.
|
|
|
|
For such machines, @code{FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in which
|
|
the caller passes the value, and @code{FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should
|
|
be defined in a similar fashion to tell the function being called
|
|
where the arguments will arrive.
|
|
|
|
If @code{FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined, @code{FUNCTION_ARG}
|
|
serves both purposes.@refill
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS
|
|
@item FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{named})
|
|
A C expression for the number of words, at the beginning of an
|
|
argument, must be put in registers. The value must be zero for
|
|
arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely
|
|
pushed on the stack.
|
|
|
|
On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in
|
|
registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the
|
|
first @var{n} words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest
|
|
on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a
|
|
structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed
|
|
in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the
|
|
compiler when this occurs, and how many of the words should go in
|
|
registers.
|
|
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first
|
|
register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
|
|
@item FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{named})
|
|
A C expression that indicates when an argument must be passed by reference.
|
|
If nonzero for an argument, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a
|
|
pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.
|
|
The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer
|
|
to that type.
|
|
|
|
On machines where @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is not defined, a suitable
|
|
definition of this macro might be
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
#define FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE\
|
|
(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \
|
|
MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (MODE, TYPE)
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
@c this is *still* too long. --mew 5feb93
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES
|
|
@item FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{named})
|
|
If defined, a C expression that indicates when it is the called function's
|
|
responsibility to make a copy of arguments passed by invisible reference.
|
|
Normally, the caller makes a copy and passes the address of the copy to the
|
|
routine being called. When FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES is defined and is
|
|
nonzero, the caller does not make a copy. Instead, it passes a pointer to the
|
|
``live'' value. The called function must not modify this value. If it can be
|
|
determined that the value won't be modified, it need not make a copy;
|
|
otherwise a copy must be made.
|
|
|
|
@findex CUMULATIVE_ARGS
|
|
@item CUMULATIVE_ARGS
|
|
A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument of
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_ARG} and other related values. For some target machines,
|
|
the type @code{int} suffices and can hold the number of bytes of
|
|
argument so far.
|
|
|
|
There is no need to record in @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} anything about the
|
|
arguments that have been passed on the stack. The compiler has other
|
|
variables to keep track of that. For target machines on which all
|
|
arguments are passed on the stack, there is no need to store anything in
|
|
@code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}; however, the data structure must exist and
|
|
should not be empty, so use @code{int}.
|
|
|
|
@findex INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS
|
|
@item INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable @var{cum}
|
|
for the state at the beginning of the argument list. The variable has
|
|
type @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}. The value of @var{fntype} is the tree node
|
|
for the data type of the function which will receive the args, or 0
|
|
if the args are to a compiler support library function.
|
|
|
|
When processing a call to a compiler support library function,
|
|
@var{libname} identifies which one. It is a @code{symbol_ref} rtx which
|
|
contains the name of the function, as a string. @var{libname} is 0 when
|
|
an ordinary C function call is being processed. Thus, each time this
|
|
macro is called, either @var{libname} or @var{fntype} is nonzero, but
|
|
never both of them at once.
|
|
|
|
@findex INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS
|
|
@item INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname})
|
|
Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but overrides it for the purposes of
|
|
finding the arguments for the function being compiled. If this macro is
|
|
undefined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used instead.
|
|
|
|
The value passed for @var{libname} is always 0, since library routines
|
|
with special calling conventions are never compiled with GNU CC. The
|
|
argument @var{libname} exists for symmetry with
|
|
@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.
|
|
@c could use "this macro" in place of @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}, maybe.
|
|
@c --mew 5feb93 i switched the order of the sentences. --mew 10feb93
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
|
|
@item FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{named})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the summarizer variable
|
|
@var{cum} to advance past an argument in the argument list. The
|
|
values @var{mode}, @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument.
|
|
Once this is done, the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing
|
|
the @emph{following} argument with @code{FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.@refill
|
|
|
|
This macro need not do anything if the argument in question was passed
|
|
on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space
|
|
used for arguments without any special help.
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING
|
|
@item FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type})
|
|
If defined, a C expression which determines whether, and in which direction,
|
|
to pad out an argument with extra space. The value should be of type
|
|
@code{enum direction}: either @code{upward} to pad above the argument,
|
|
@code{downward} to pad below, or @code{none} to inhibit padding.
|
|
|
|
The @emph{amount} of padding is always just enough to reach the next
|
|
multiple of @code{FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY}; this macro does not control
|
|
it.
|
|
|
|
This macro has a default definition which is right for most systems.
|
|
For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For
|
|
big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of
|
|
constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
|
|
@item FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY (@var{mode}, @var{type})
|
|
If defined, a C expression that gives the alignment boundary, in bits,
|
|
of an argument with the specified mode and type. If it is not defined,
|
|
@code{PARM_BOUNDARY} is used for all arguments.
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P
|
|
@item FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
|
|
A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
|
|
register in which function arguments are sometimes passed. This does
|
|
@emph{not} include implicit arguments such as the static chain and
|
|
the structure-value address. On many machines, no registers can be
|
|
used for this purpose since all function arguments are pushed on the
|
|
stack.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Scalar Return
|
|
@subsection How Scalar Function Values Are Returned
|
|
@cindex return values in registers
|
|
@cindex values, returned by functions
|
|
@cindex scalars, returned as values
|
|
|
|
This section discusses the macros that control returning scalars as
|
|
values---values that can fit in registers.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex TRADITIONAL_RETURN_FLOAT
|
|
@item TRADITIONAL_RETURN_FLOAT
|
|
Define this macro if @samp{-traditional} should not cause functions
|
|
declared to return @code{float} to convert the value to @code{double}.
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_VALUE
|
|
@item FUNCTION_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func})
|
|
A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a
|
|
function returns a value of data type @var{valtype}. @var{valtype} is
|
|
a tree node representing a data type. Write @code{TYPE_MODE
|
|
(@var{valtype})} to get the machine mode used to represent that type.
|
|
On many machines, only the mode is relevant. (Actually, on most
|
|
machines, scalar values are returned in the same place regardless of
|
|
mode).@refill
|
|
|
|
If @code{PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} is defined, you must apply the same
|
|
promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if @var{valtype} is a
|
|
scalar type.
|
|
|
|
If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree
|
|
node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null
|
|
pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning
|
|
convention for specific functions when all their calls are
|
|
known.@refill
|
|
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return vales with aggregate data
|
|
types, because these are returned in another way. See
|
|
@code{STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM} and related macros, below.
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE
|
|
@item FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func})
|
|
Define this macro if the target machine has ``register windows''
|
|
so that the register in which a function returns its value is not
|
|
the same as the one in which the caller sees the value.
|
|
|
|
For such machines, @code{FUNCTION_VALUE} computes the register in which
|
|
the caller will see the value. @code{FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE} should be
|
|
defined in a similar fashion to tell the function where to put the
|
|
value.@refill
|
|
|
|
If @code{FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE} is not defined,
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_VALUE} serves both purposes.@refill
|
|
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE} is not used for return vales with
|
|
aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See
|
|
@code{STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM} and related macros, below.
|
|
|
|
@findex LIBCALL_VALUE
|
|
@item LIBCALL_VALUE (@var{mode})
|
|
A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library
|
|
function returns a value of mode @var{mode}. If the precise function
|
|
being called is known, @var{func} is a tree node
|
|
(@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null
|
|
pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning
|
|
convention for specific functions when all their calls are
|
|
known.@refill
|
|
|
|
Note that ``library function'' in this context means a compiler
|
|
support routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known
|
|
specially by the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being
|
|
compiled.
|
|
|
|
The definition of @code{LIBRARY_VALUE} need not be concerned aggregate
|
|
data types, because none of the library functions returns such types.
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P
|
|
@item FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
|
|
A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
|
|
register in which the values of called function may come back.
|
|
|
|
A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the
|
|
second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be
|
|
recognized by this macro. So for most machines, this definition
|
|
suffices:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0)
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called
|
|
function use different registers for the return value, this macro
|
|
should recognize only the caller's register numbers.
|
|
|
|
@findex APPLY_RESULT_SIZE
|
|
@item APPLY_RESULT_SIZE
|
|
Define this macro if @samp{untyped_call} and @samp{untyped_return}
|
|
need more space than is implied by @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} for
|
|
saving and restoring an arbitrary return value.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Aggregate Return
|
|
@subsection How Large Values Are Returned
|
|
@cindex aggregates as return values
|
|
@cindex large return values
|
|
@cindex returning aggregate values
|
|
@cindex structure value address
|
|
|
|
When a function value's mode is @code{BLKmode} (and in some other
|
|
cases), the value is not returned according to @code{FUNCTION_VALUE}
|
|
(@pxref{Scalar Return}). Instead, the caller passes the address of a
|
|
block of memory in which the value should be stored. This address
|
|
is called the @dfn{structure value address}.
|
|
|
|
This section describes how to control returning structure values in
|
|
memory.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex RETURN_IN_MEMORY
|
|
@item RETURN_IN_MEMORY (@var{type})
|
|
A C expression which can inhibit the returning of certain function
|
|
values in registers, based on the type of value. A nonzero value says
|
|
to return the function value in memory, just as large structures are
|
|
always returned. Here @var{type} will be a C expression of type
|
|
@code{tree}, representing the data type of the value.
|
|
|
|
Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled
|
|
by this macro. Also, the option @samp{-fpcc-struct-return}
|
|
takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is
|
|
possible to leave the macro undefined; this causes a default
|
|
definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}
|
|
values, and 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
|
Do not use this macro to indicate that structures and unions should always
|
|
be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}
|
|
to indicate this.
|
|
|
|
@findex DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
|
|
@item DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
|
|
Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be
|
|
in memory. Since this results in slower code, this should be defined
|
|
only if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI.
|
|
If you define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure
|
|
and union return values are decided by the @code{RETURN_IN_MEMORY} macro.
|
|
|
|
If not defined, this defaults to the value 1.
|
|
|
|
@findex STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM
|
|
@item STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM
|
|
If the structure value address is passed in a register, then
|
|
@code{STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM} should be the number of that register.
|
|
|
|
@findex STRUCT_VALUE
|
|
@item STRUCT_VALUE
|
|
If the structure value address is not passed in a register, define
|
|
@code{STRUCT_VALUE} as an expression returning an RTX for the place
|
|
where the address is passed. If it returns 0, the address is passed as
|
|
an ``invisible'' first argument.
|
|
|
|
@findex STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING_REGNUM
|
|
@item STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING_REGNUM
|
|
On some architectures the place where the structure value address
|
|
is found by the called function is not the same place that the
|
|
caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could
|
|
be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.
|
|
|
|
If the incoming location of the structure value address is in a
|
|
register, define this macro as the register number.
|
|
|
|
@findex STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING
|
|
@item STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING
|
|
If the incoming location is not a register, then you should define
|
|
@code{STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING} as an expression for an RTX for where the
|
|
called function should find the value. If it should find the value on
|
|
the stack, define this to create a @code{mem} which refers to the frame
|
|
pointer. A definition of 0 means that the address is passed as an
|
|
``invisible'' first argument.
|
|
|
|
@findex PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
|
|
@item PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
|
|
Define this macro if the usual system convention on the target machine
|
|
for returning structures and unions is for the called function to return
|
|
the address of a static variable containing the value.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this if the usual system convention is for the caller to
|
|
pass an address to the subroutine.
|
|
|
|
This macro has effect in @samp{-fpcc-struct-return} mode, but it does
|
|
nothing when you use @samp{-freg-struct-return} mode.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Caller Saves
|
|
@subsection Caller-Saves Register Allocation
|
|
|
|
If you enable it, GNU CC can save registers around function calls. This
|
|
makes it possible to use call-clobbered registers to hold variables that
|
|
must live across calls.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex DEFAULT_CALLER_SAVES
|
|
@item DEFAULT_CALLER_SAVES
|
|
Define this macro if function calls on the target machine do not preserve
|
|
any registers; in other words, if @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} has 1
|
|
for all registers. This macro enables @samp{-fcaller-saves} by default.
|
|
Eventually that option will be enabled by default on all machines and both
|
|
the option and this macro will be eliminated.
|
|
|
|
@findex CALLER_SAVE_PROFITABLE
|
|
@item CALLER_SAVE_PROFITABLE (@var{refs}, @var{calls})
|
|
A C expression to determine whether it is worthwhile to consider placing
|
|
a pseudo-register in a call-clobbered hard register and saving and
|
|
restoring it around each function call. The expression should be 1 when
|
|
this is worth doing, and 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this macro, a default is used which is good on most
|
|
machines: @code{4 * @var{calls} < @var{refs}}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Function Entry
|
|
@subsection Function Entry and Exit
|
|
@cindex function entry and exit
|
|
@cindex prologue
|
|
@cindex epilogue
|
|
|
|
This section describes the macros that output function entry
|
|
(@dfn{prologue}) and exit (@dfn{epilogue}) code.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
|
|
@item FUNCTION_PROLOGUE (@var{file}, @var{size})
|
|
A C compound statement that outputs the assembler code for entry to a
|
|
function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,
|
|
initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be
|
|
saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the
|
|
local variables. @var{size} is an integer. @var{file} is a stdio
|
|
stream to which the assembler code should be output.
|
|
|
|
The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this
|
|
macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.
|
|
|
|
@findex regs_ever_live
|
|
To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array
|
|
@code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register
|
|
@var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function
|
|
prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the
|
|
call-used registers. (@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use
|
|
@code{regs_ever_live}.)
|
|
|
|
On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does
|
|
not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if
|
|
they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes
|
|
appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used
|
|
registers are used in the function.
|
|
|
|
@findex frame_pointer_needed
|
|
On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the
|
|
function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame
|
|
pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a
|
|
frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable
|
|
@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run
|
|
time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.
|
|
|
|
The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space
|
|
required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions
|
|
listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the
|
|
order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the
|
|
stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and
|
|
the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order
|
|
for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for
|
|
compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard
|
|
or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC
|
|
need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex current_function_pretend_args_size
|
|
A region of @code{current_function_pretend_args_size} bytes of
|
|
uninitialized space just underneath the first argument arriving on the
|
|
stack. (This may not be at the very start of the allocated stack region
|
|
if the calling sequence has pushed anything else since pushing the stack
|
|
arguments. But usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed
|
|
yet, because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.) This
|
|
region is used on machines where an argument may be passed partly in
|
|
registers and partly in memory, and, in some cases to support the
|
|
features in @file{varargs.h} and @file{stdargs.h}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the function.
|
|
The size of this area, which may also include space for such things as
|
|
the return address and pointers to previous stack frames, is
|
|
machine-specific and usually depends on which registers have been used
|
|
in the function. Machines with register windows often do not require
|
|
a save area.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
A region of at least @var{size} bytes, possibly rounded up to an allocation
|
|
boundary, to contain the local variables of the function. On some machines,
|
|
this region and the save area may occur in the opposite order, with the
|
|
save area closer to the top of the stack.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} and stack frames
|
|
Optionally, when @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, a region of
|
|
@code{current_function_outgoing_args_size} bytes to be used for outgoing
|
|
argument lists of the function. @xref{Stack Arguments}.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
Normally, it is necessary for the macros @code{FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to treat leaf functions specially. The C
|
|
variable @code{leaf_function} is nonzero for such a function.
|
|
|
|
@findex EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
|
|
@item EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
|
|
Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if the return
|
|
instruction or the function epilogue ignores the value of the stack
|
|
pointer; in other words, if it is safe to delete an instruction to
|
|
adjust the stack pointer before a return from the function.
|
|
|
|
Note that this macro's value is relevant only for functions for which
|
|
frame pointers are maintained. It is never safe to delete a final
|
|
stack adjustment in a function that has no frame pointer, and the
|
|
compiler knows this regardless of @code{EXIT_IGNORE_STACK}.
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
|
|
@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE (@var{file}, @var{size})
|
|
A C compound statement that outputs the assembler code for exit from a
|
|
function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved
|
|
registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was
|
|
called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the
|
|
same arguments as the macro @code{FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the
|
|
registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and
|
|
@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.
|
|
|
|
On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work
|
|
of returning from the function. On these machines, give that
|
|
instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.
|
|
|
|
Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target switches
|
|
to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used, define a
|
|
@samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the target
|
|
switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity
|
|
condition is false, epilogues will be used.
|
|
|
|
On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the
|
|
function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these
|
|
two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer
|
|
is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable
|
|
@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling
|
|
a function that needs a frame pointer.
|
|
|
|
Normally, @code{FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and @code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must
|
|
treat leaf functions specially. The C variable @code{leaf_function} is
|
|
nonzero for such a function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.
|
|
|
|
On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while
|
|
others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when
|
|
given @samp{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed
|
|
number of arguments.
|
|
|
|
@findex current_function_pops_args
|
|
Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which
|
|
functions pop their own arguments. @code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} needs to
|
|
know what was decided. The variable that is called
|
|
@code{current_function_pops_args} is the number of bytes of its
|
|
arguments that a function should pop. @xref{Scalar Return}.
|
|
@c what is the "its arguments" in the above sentence referring to, pray
|
|
@c tell? --mew 5feb93
|
|
|
|
@findex DELAY_SLOTS_FOR_EPILOGUE
|
|
@item DELAY_SLOTS_FOR_EPILOGUE
|
|
Define this macro if the function epilogue contains delay slots to which
|
|
instructions from the rest of the function can be ``moved''. The
|
|
definition should be a C expression whose value is an integer
|
|
representing the number of delay slots there.
|
|
|
|
@findex ELIGIBLE_FOR_EPILOGUE_DELAY
|
|
@item ELIGIBLE_FOR_EPILOGUE_DELAY (@var{insn}, @var{n})
|
|
A C expression that returns 1 if @var{insn} can be placed in delay
|
|
slot number @var{n} of the epilogue.
|
|
|
|
The argument @var{n} is an integer which identifies the delay slot now
|
|
being considered (since different slots may have different rules of
|
|
eligibility). It is never negative and is always less than the number
|
|
of epilogue delay slots (what @code{DELAY_SLOTS_FOR_EPILOGUE} returns).
|
|
If you reject a particular insn for a given delay slot, in principle, it
|
|
may be reconsidered for a subsequent delay slot. Also, other insns may
|
|
(at least in principle) be considered for the so far unfilled delay
|
|
slot.
|
|
|
|
@findex current_function_epilogue_delay_list
|
|
@findex final_scan_insn
|
|
The insns accepted to fill the epilogue delay slots are put in an RTL
|
|
list made with @code{insn_list} objects, stored in the variable
|
|
@code{current_function_epilogue_delay_list}. The insn for the first
|
|
delay slot comes first in the list. Your definition of the macro
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} should fill the delay slots by outputting the
|
|
insns in this list, usually by calling @code{final_scan_insn}.
|
|
|
|
You need not define this macro if you did not define
|
|
@code{DELAY_SLOTS_FOR_EPILOGUE}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Profiling
|
|
@subsection Generating Code for Profiling
|
|
@cindex profiling, code generation
|
|
|
|
These macros will help you generate code for profiling.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_PROFILER
|
|
@item FUNCTION_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{labelno})
|
|
A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some
|
|
assembler code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount}.
|
|
Before calling, the assembler code must load the address of a
|
|
counter variable into a register where @code{mcount} expects to
|
|
find the address. The name of this variable is @samp{LP} followed
|
|
by the number @var{labelno}, so you would generate the name using
|
|
@samp{LP%d} in a @code{fprintf}.
|
|
|
|
@findex mcount
|
|
The details of how the address should be passed to @code{mcount} are
|
|
determined by your operating system environment, not by GNU CC. To
|
|
figure them out, compile a small program for profiling using the
|
|
system's installed C compiler and look at the assembler code that
|
|
results.
|
|
|
|
@findex PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
|
|
@item PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
|
|
Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before
|
|
the function prologue. Normally, the profiling code comes after.
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_BLOCK_PROFILER
|
|
@findex __bb_init_func
|
|
@item FUNCTION_BLOCK_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{labelno})
|
|
A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some
|
|
assembler code to initialize basic-block profiling for the current
|
|
object module. This code should call the subroutine
|
|
@code{__bb_init_func} once per object module, passing it as its sole
|
|
argument the address of a block allocated in the object module.
|
|
|
|
The name of the block is a local symbol made with this statement:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{buffer}, "LPBX", 0);
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Of course, since you are writing the definition of
|
|
@code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} as well as that of this macro, you
|
|
can take a short cut in the definition of this macro and use the name
|
|
that you know will result.
|
|
|
|
The first word of this block is a flag which will be nonzero if the
|
|
object module has already been initialized. So test this word first,
|
|
and do not call @code{__bb_init_func} if the flag is nonzero.
|
|
|
|
@findex BLOCK_PROFILER
|
|
@item BLOCK_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{blockno})
|
|
A C statement or compound statement to increment the count associated
|
|
with the basic block number @var{blockno}. Basic blocks are numbered
|
|
separately from zero within each compilation. The count associated
|
|
with block number @var{blockno} is at index @var{blockno} in a vector
|
|
of words; the name of this array is a local symbol made with this
|
|
statement:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{buffer}, "LPBX", 2);
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@c This paragraph is the same as one a few paragraphs up.
|
|
@c That is not an error.
|
|
Of course, since you are writing the definition of
|
|
@code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} as well as that of this macro, you
|
|
can take a short cut in the definition of this macro and use the name
|
|
that you know will result.
|
|
|
|
@findex BLOCK_PROFILER_CODE
|
|
@item BLOCK_PROFILER_CODE
|
|
A C function or functions which are needed in the library to
|
|
support block profiling.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Varargs
|
|
@section Implementing the Varargs Macros
|
|
@cindex varargs implementation
|
|
|
|
GNU CC comes with an implementation of @file{varargs.h} and
|
|
@file{stdarg.h} that work without change on machines that pass arguments
|
|
on the stack. Other machines require their own implementations of
|
|
varargs, and the two machine independent header files must have
|
|
conditionals to include it.
|
|
|
|
ANSI @file{stdarg.h} differs from traditional @file{varargs.h} mainly in
|
|
the calling convention for @code{va_start}. The traditional
|
|
implementation takes just one argument, which is the variable in which
|
|
to store the argument pointer. The ANSI implementation of
|
|
@code{va_start} takes an additional second argument. The user is
|
|
supposed to write the last named argument of the function here.
|
|
|
|
However, @code{va_start} should not use this argument. The way to find
|
|
the end of the named arguments is with the built-in functions described
|
|
below.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex __builtin_saveregs
|
|
@item __builtin_saveregs ()
|
|
Use this built-in function to save the argument registers in memory so
|
|
that the varargs mechanism can access them. Both ANSI and traditional
|
|
versions of @code{va_start} must use @code{__builtin_saveregs}, unless
|
|
you use @code{SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} (see below) instead.
|
|
|
|
On some machines, @code{__builtin_saveregs} is open-coded under the
|
|
control of the macro @code{EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. On other machines,
|
|
it calls a routine written in assembler language, found in
|
|
@file{libgcc2.c}.
|
|
|
|
Code generated for the call to @code{__builtin_saveregs} appears at the
|
|
beginning of the function, as opposed to where the call to
|
|
@code{__builtin_saveregs} is written, regardless of what the code is.
|
|
This is because the registers must be saved before the function starts
|
|
to use them for its own purposes.
|
|
@c i rewrote the first sentence above to fix an overfull hbox. --mew
|
|
@c 10feb93
|
|
|
|
@findex __builtin_args_info
|
|
@item __builtin_args_info (@var{category})
|
|
Use this built-in function to find the first anonymous arguments in
|
|
registers.
|
|
|
|
In general, a machine may have several categories of registers used for
|
|
arguments, each for a particular category of data types. (For example,
|
|
on some machines, floating-point registers are used for floating-point
|
|
arguments while other arguments are passed in the general registers.)
|
|
To make non-varargs functions use the proper calling convention, you
|
|
have defined the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data type to record how many
|
|
registers in each category have been used so far
|
|
|
|
@code{__builtin_args_info} accesses the same data structure of type
|
|
@code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} after the ordinary argument layout is finished
|
|
with it, with @var{category} specifying which word to access. Thus, the
|
|
value indicates the first unused register in a given category.
|
|
|
|
Normally, you would use @code{__builtin_args_info} in the implementation
|
|
of @code{va_start}, accessing each category just once and storing the
|
|
value in the @code{va_list} object. This is because @code{va_list} will
|
|
have to update the values, and there is no way to alter the
|
|
values accessed by @code{__builtin_args_info}.
|
|
|
|
@findex __builtin_next_arg
|
|
@item __builtin_next_arg (@var{lastarg})
|
|
This is the equivalent of @code{__builtin_args_info}, for stack
|
|
arguments. It returns the address of the first anonymous stack
|
|
argument, as type @code{void *}. If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, it
|
|
returns the address of the location above the first anonymous stack
|
|
argument. Use it in @code{va_start} to initialize the pointer for
|
|
fetching arguments from the stack. Also use it in @code{va_start} to
|
|
verify that the second parameter @var{lastarg} is the last named argument
|
|
of the current function.
|
|
|
|
@findex __builtin_classify_type
|
|
@item __builtin_classify_type (@var{object})
|
|
Since each machine has its own conventions for which data types are
|
|
passed in which kind of register, your implementation of @code{va_arg}
|
|
has to embody these conventions. The easiest way to categorize the
|
|
specified data type is to use @code{__builtin_classify_type} together
|
|
with @code{sizeof} and @code{__alignof__}.
|
|
|
|
@code{__builtin_classify_type} ignores the value of @var{object},
|
|
considering only its data type. It returns an integer describing what
|
|
kind of type that is---integer, floating, pointer, structure, and so on.
|
|
|
|
The file @file{typeclass.h} defines an enumeration that you can use to
|
|
interpret the values of @code{__builtin_classify_type}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
These machine description macros help implement varargs:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
|
|
@item EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS (@var{args})
|
|
If defined, is a C expression that produces the machine-specific code
|
|
for a call to @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the
|
|
very beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made.
|
|
The return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the
|
|
value to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.
|
|
|
|
The argument @var{args} is a @code{tree_list} containing the arguments
|
|
that were passed to @code{__builtin_saveregs}.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, the compiler will output an ordinary
|
|
call to the library function @samp{__builtin_saveregs}.
|
|
|
|
@c !!! a bug in texinfo; how to make the entry on the @item line allow
|
|
@c more than one line of text... help... --mew 10feb93
|
|
@findex SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
|
|
@item SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS (@var{args_so_far}, @var{mode}, @var{type},
|
|
@var{pretend_args_size}, @var{second_time})
|
|
This macro offers an alternative to using @code{__builtin_saveregs} and
|
|
defining the macro @code{EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the
|
|
anonymous register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments
|
|
appear to have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is
|
|
done, you can use the standard implementation of varargs that works for
|
|
machines that pass all their arguments on the stack.
|
|
|
|
The argument @var{args_so_far} is the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data
|
|
structure, containing the values that obtain after processing of the
|
|
named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the
|
|
last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.
|
|
|
|
The macro implementation should do two things: first, push onto the
|
|
stack all the argument registers @emph{not} used for the named
|
|
arguments, and second, store the size of the data thus pushed into the
|
|
@code{int}-valued variable whose name is supplied as the argument
|
|
@var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you store here will serve as
|
|
additional offset for setting up the stack frame.
|
|
|
|
Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at
|
|
compile time without knowing their data types,
|
|
@code{SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that have just
|
|
a single category of argument register and use it uniformly for all data
|
|
types.
|
|
|
|
If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the
|
|
arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This
|
|
happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the
|
|
end of the source file. The macro @code{SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should
|
|
not generate any instructions in this case.
|
|
|
|
@findex STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
|
|
@item STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
|
|
Define this macro if the location where a function argument is passed
|
|
depends on whether or not it is a named argument.
|
|
|
|
This macro controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{FUNCTION_ARG}
|
|
is set for varargs and stdarg functions. With this macro defined,
|
|
the @var{named} argument is always true for named arguments, and false for
|
|
unnamed arguments. If this is not defined, but @code{SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}
|
|
is defined, then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named
|
|
arguments except the last are treated as named.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Trampolines
|
|
@section Trampolines for Nested Functions
|
|
@cindex trampolines for nested functions
|
|
@cindex nested functions, trampolines for
|
|
|
|
A @dfn{trampoline} is a small piece of code that is created at run time
|
|
when the address of a nested function is taken. It normally resides on
|
|
the stack, in the stack frame of the containing function. These macros
|
|
tell GNU CC how to generate code to allocate and initialize a
|
|
trampoline.
|
|
|
|
The instructions in the trampoline must do two things: load a constant
|
|
address into the static chain register, and jump to the real address of
|
|
the nested function. On CISC machines such as the m68k, this requires
|
|
two instructions, a move immediate and a jump. Then the two addresses
|
|
exist in the trampoline as word-long immediate operands. On RISC
|
|
machines, it is often necessary to load each address into a register in
|
|
two parts. Then pieces of each address form separate immediate
|
|
operands.
|
|
|
|
The code generated to initialize the trampoline must store the variable
|
|
parts---the static chain value and the function address---into the
|
|
immediate operands of the instructions. On a CISC machine, this is
|
|
simply a matter of copying each address to a memory reference at the
|
|
proper offset from the start of the trampoline. On a RISC machine, it
|
|
may be necessary to take out pieces of the address and store them
|
|
separately.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
|
|
@item TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE (@var{file})
|
|
A C statement to output, on the stream @var{file}, assembler code for a
|
|
block of data that contains the constant parts of a trampoline. This
|
|
code should not include a label---the label is taken care of
|
|
automatically.
|
|
|
|
@findex TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
|
|
@item TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
|
|
The name of a subroutine to switch to the section in which the
|
|
trampoline template is to be placed (@pxref{Sections}). The default is
|
|
a value of @samp{readonly_data_section}, which places the trampoline in
|
|
the section containing read-only data.
|
|
|
|
@findex TRAMPOLINE_SIZE
|
|
@item TRAMPOLINE_SIZE
|
|
A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer.
|
|
|
|
@findex TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
|
|
@item TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
|
|
Alignment required for trampolines, in bits.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this macro, the value of @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}
|
|
is used for aligning trampolines.
|
|
|
|
@findex INITIALIZE_TRAMPOLINE
|
|
@item INITIALIZE_TRAMPOLINE (@var{addr}, @var{fnaddr}, @var{static_chain})
|
|
A C statement to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline.
|
|
@var{addr} is an RTX for the address of the trampoline; @var{fnaddr} is
|
|
an RTX for the address of the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an
|
|
RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function
|
|
when it is called.
|
|
|
|
@findex ALLOCATE_TRAMPOLINE
|
|
@item ALLOCATE_TRAMPOLINE (@var{fp})
|
|
A C expression to allocate run-time space for a trampoline. The
|
|
expression value should be an RTX representing a memory reference to the
|
|
space for the trampoline.
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} and trampolines
|
|
@cindex @code{FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and trampolines
|
|
If this macro is not defined, by default the trampoline is allocated as
|
|
a stack slot. This default is right for most machines. The exceptions
|
|
are machines where it is impossible to execute instructions in the stack
|
|
area. On such machines, you may have to implement a separate stack,
|
|
using this macro in conjunction with @code{FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}.
|
|
|
|
@var{fp} points to a data structure, a @code{struct function}, which
|
|
describes the compilation status of the immediate containing function of
|
|
the function which the trampoline is for. Normally (when
|
|
@code{ALLOCATE_TRAMPOLINE} is not defined), the stack slot for the
|
|
trampoline is in the stack frame of this containing function. Other
|
|
allocation strategies probably must do something analogous with this
|
|
information.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Implementing trampolines is difficult on many machines because they have
|
|
separate instruction and data caches. Writing into a stack location
|
|
fails to clear the memory in the instruction cache, so when the program
|
|
jumps to that location, it executes the old contents.
|
|
|
|
Here are two possible solutions. One is to clear the relevant parts of
|
|
the instruction cache whenever a trampoline is set up. The other is to
|
|
make all trampolines identical, by having them jump to a standard
|
|
subroutine. The former technique makes trampoline execution faster; the
|
|
latter makes initialization faster.
|
|
|
|
To clear the instruction cache when a trampoline is initialized, define
|
|
the following macros which describe the shape of the cache.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex INSN_CACHE_SIZE
|
|
@item INSN_CACHE_SIZE
|
|
The total size in bytes of the cache.
|
|
|
|
@findex INSN_CACHE_LINE_WIDTH
|
|
@item INSN_CACHE_LINE_WIDTH
|
|
The length in bytes of each cache line. The cache is divided into cache
|
|
lines which are disjoint slots, each holding a contiguous chunk of data
|
|
fetched from memory. Each time data is brought into the cache, an
|
|
entire line is read at once. The data loaded into a cache line is
|
|
always aligned on a boundary equal to the line size.
|
|
|
|
@findex INSN_CACHE_DEPTH
|
|
@item INSN_CACHE_DEPTH
|
|
The number of alternative cache lines that can hold any particular memory
|
|
location.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, if the machine has system calls or instructions to clear
|
|
the instruction cache directly, you can define the following macro.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex CLEAR_INSN_CACHE
|
|
@item CLEAR_INSN_CACHE (@var{BEG}, @var{END})
|
|
If defined, expands to a C expression clearing the @emph{instruction
|
|
cache} in the specified interval. If it is not defined, and the macro
|
|
INSN_CACHE_SIZE is defined, some generic code is generated to clear the
|
|
cache. The definition of this macro would typically be a series of
|
|
@code{asm} statements. Both @var{BEG} and @var{END} are both pointer
|
|
expressions.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
To use a standard subroutine, define the following macro. In addition,
|
|
you must make sure that the instructions in a trampoline fill an entire
|
|
cache line with identical instructions, or else ensure that the
|
|
beginning of the trampoline code is always aligned at the same point in
|
|
its cache line. Look in @file{m68k.h} as a guide.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
|
|
@item TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
|
|
Define this macro if trampolines need a special subroutine to do their
|
|
work. The macro should expand to a series of @code{asm} statements
|
|
which will be compiled with GNU CC. They go in a library function named
|
|
@code{__transfer_from_trampoline}.
|
|
|
|
If you need to avoid executing the ordinary prologue code of a compiled
|
|
C function when you jump to the subroutine, you can do so by placing a
|
|
special label of your own in the assembler code. Use one @code{asm}
|
|
statement to generate an assembler label, and another to make the label
|
|
global. Then trampolines can use that label to jump directly to your
|
|
special assembler code.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Library Calls
|
|
@section Implicit Calls to Library Routines
|
|
@cindex library subroutine names
|
|
@cindex @file{libgcc.a}
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
Here is an explanation of implicit calls to library routines.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex MULSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
@item MULSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for
|
|
multiplication of one signed full-word by another. If you do not
|
|
define this macro, the default name is used, which is @code{__mulsi3},
|
|
a function defined in @file{libgcc.a}.
|
|
|
|
@findex DIVSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
@item DIVSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for
|
|
division of one signed full-word by another. If you do not define
|
|
this macro, the default name is used, which is @code{__divsi3}, a
|
|
function defined in @file{libgcc.a}.
|
|
|
|
@findex UDIVSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
@item UDIVSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for
|
|
division of one unsigned full-word by another. If you do not define
|
|
this macro, the default name is used, which is @code{__udivsi3}, a
|
|
function defined in @file{libgcc.a}.
|
|
|
|
@findex MODSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
@item MODSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for the
|
|
remainder in division of one signed full-word by another. If you do
|
|
not define this macro, the default name is used, which is
|
|
@code{__modsi3}, a function defined in @file{libgcc.a}.
|
|
|
|
@findex UMODSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
@item UMODSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for the
|
|
remainder in division of one unsigned full-word by another. If you do
|
|
not define this macro, the default name is used, which is
|
|
@code{__umodsi3}, a function defined in @file{libgcc.a}.
|
|
|
|
@findex MULDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
@item MULDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for
|
|
multiplication of one signed double-word by another. If you do not
|
|
define this macro, the default name is used, which is @code{__muldi3},
|
|
a function defined in @file{libgcc.a}.
|
|
|
|
@findex DIVDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
@item DIVDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for
|
|
division of one signed double-word by another. If you do not define
|
|
this macro, the default name is used, which is @code{__divdi3}, a
|
|
function defined in @file{libgcc.a}.
|
|
|
|
@findex UDIVDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
@item UDIVDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for
|
|
division of one unsigned full-word by another. If you do not define
|
|
this macro, the default name is used, which is @code{__udivdi3}, a
|
|
function defined in @file{libgcc.a}.
|
|
|
|
@findex MODDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
@item MODDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for the
|
|
remainder in division of one signed double-word by another. If you do
|
|
not define this macro, the default name is used, which is
|
|
@code{__moddi3}, a function defined in @file{libgcc.a}.
|
|
|
|
@findex UMODDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
@item UMODDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
A C string constant giving the name of the function to call for the
|
|
remainder in division of one unsigned full-word by another. If you do
|
|
not define this macro, the default name is used, which is
|
|
@code{__umoddi3}, a function defined in @file{libgcc.a}.
|
|
|
|
@findex INIT_TARGET_OPTABS
|
|
@item INIT_TARGET_OPTABS
|
|
Define this macro as a C statement that declares additional library
|
|
routines renames existing ones. @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after
|
|
initializing all the normal library routines.
|
|
|
|
@findex TARGET_EDOM
|
|
@cindex @code{EDOM}, implicit usage
|
|
@item TARGET_EDOM
|
|
The value of @code{EDOM} on the target machine, as a C integer constant
|
|
expression. If you don't define this macro, GNU CC does not attempt to
|
|
deposit the value of @code{EDOM} into @code{errno} directly. Look in
|
|
@file{/usr/include/errno.h} to find the value of @code{EDOM} on your
|
|
system.
|
|
|
|
If you do not define @code{TARGET_EDOM}, then compiled code reports
|
|
domain errors by calling the library function and letting it report the
|
|
error. If mathematical functions on your system use @code{matherr} when
|
|
there is an error, then you should leave @code{TARGET_EDOM} undefined so
|
|
that @code{matherr} is used normally.
|
|
|
|
@findex GEN_ERRNO_RTX
|
|
@cindex @code{errno}, implicit usage
|
|
@item GEN_ERRNO_RTX
|
|
Define this macro as a C expression to create an rtl expression that
|
|
refers to the global ``variable'' @code{errno}. (On certain systems,
|
|
@code{errno} may not actually be a variable.) If you don't define this
|
|
macro, a reasonable default is used.
|
|
|
|
@findex TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
|
|
@cindex @code{bcopy}, implicit usage
|
|
@cindex @code{memcpy}, implicit usage
|
|
@cindex @code{bzero}, implicit usage
|
|
@cindex @code{memset}, implicit usage
|
|
@item TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
|
|
Define this macro if GNU CC should generate calls to the System V
|
|
(and ANSI C) library functions @code{memcpy} and @code{memset}
|
|
rather than the BSD functions @code{bcopy} and @code{bzero}.
|
|
|
|
@findex LIBGCC_NEEDS_DOUBLE
|
|
@item LIBGCC_NEEDS_DOUBLE
|
|
Define this macro if only @code{float} arguments cannot be passed to
|
|
library routines (so they must be converted to @code{double}). This
|
|
macro affects both how library calls are generated and how the library
|
|
routines in @file{libgcc1.c} accept their arguments. It is useful on
|
|
machines where floating and fixed point arguments are passed
|
|
differently, such as the i860.
|
|
|
|
@findex FLOAT_ARG_TYPE
|
|
@item FLOAT_ARG_TYPE
|
|
Define this macro to override the type used by the library routines to
|
|
pick up arguments of type @code{float}. (By default, they use a union
|
|
of @code{float} and @code{int}.)
|
|
|
|
The obvious choice would be @code{float}---but that won't work with
|
|
traditional C compilers that expect all arguments declared as @code{float}
|
|
to arrive as @code{double}. To avoid this conversion, the library routines
|
|
ask for the value as some other type and then treat it as a @code{float}.
|
|
|
|
On some systems, no other type will work for this. For these systems,
|
|
you must use @code{LIBGCC_NEEDS_DOUBLE} instead, to force conversion of
|
|
the values @code{double} before they are passed.
|
|
|
|
@findex FLOATIFY
|
|
@item FLOATIFY (@var{passed-value})
|
|
Define this macro to override the way library routines redesignate a
|
|
@code{float} argument as a @code{float} instead of the type it was
|
|
passed as. The default is an expression which takes the @code{float}
|
|
field of the union.
|
|
|
|
@findex FLOAT_VALUE_TYPE
|
|
@item FLOAT_VALUE_TYPE
|
|
Define this macro to override the type used by the library routines to
|
|
return values that ought to have type @code{float}. (By default, they
|
|
use @code{int}.)
|
|
|
|
The obvious choice would be @code{float}---but that won't work with
|
|
traditional C compilers gratuitously convert values declared as
|
|
@code{float} into @code{double}.
|
|
|
|
@findex INTIFY
|
|
@item INTIFY (@var{float-value})
|
|
Define this macro to override the way the value of a
|
|
@code{float}-returning library routine should be packaged in order to
|
|
return it. These functions are actually declared to return type
|
|
@code{FLOAT_VALUE_TYPE} (normally @code{int}).
|
|
|
|
These values can't be returned as type @code{float} because traditional
|
|
C compilers would gratuitously convert the value to a @code{double}.
|
|
|
|
A local variable named @code{intify} is always available when the macro
|
|
@code{INTIFY} is used. It is a union of a @code{float} field named
|
|
@code{f} and a field named @code{i} whose type is
|
|
@code{FLOAT_VALUE_TYPE} or @code{int}.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this macro, the default definition works by copying
|
|
the value through that union.
|
|
|
|
@findex nongcc_SI_type
|
|
@item nongcc_SI_type
|
|
Define this macro as the name of the data type corresponding to
|
|
@code{SImode} in the system's own C compiler.
|
|
|
|
You need not define this macro if that type is @code{long int}, as it usually
|
|
is.
|
|
|
|
@findex nongcc_word_type
|
|
@item nongcc_word_type
|
|
Define this macro as the name of the data type corresponding to the
|
|
word_mode in the system's own C compiler.
|
|
|
|
You need not define this macro if that type is @code{long int}, as it usually
|
|
is.
|
|
|
|
@findex perform_@dots{}
|
|
@item perform_@dots{}
|
|
Define these macros to supply explicit C statements to carry out various
|
|
arithmetic operations on types @code{float} and @code{double} in the
|
|
library routines in @file{libgcc1.c}. See that file for a full list
|
|
of these macros and their arguments.
|
|
|
|
On most machines, you don't need to define any of these macros, because
|
|
the C compiler that comes with the system takes care of doing them.
|
|
|
|
@findex NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME
|
|
@item NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME
|
|
Define this macro to generate code for Objective C message sending using
|
|
the calling convention of the NeXT system. This calling convention
|
|
involves passing the object, the selector and the method arguments all
|
|
at once to the method-lookup library function.
|
|
|
|
The default calling convention passes just the object and the selector
|
|
to the lookup function, which returns a pointer to the method.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Addressing Modes
|
|
@section Addressing Modes
|
|
@cindex addressing modes
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
This is about addressing modes.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
|
|
@item HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
|
|
Define this macro if the machine supports post-increment addressing.
|
|
|
|
@findex HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
|
|
@findex HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
|
|
@findex HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
|
|
@item HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
|
|
@itemx HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
|
|
@itemx HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
|
|
Similar for other kinds of addressing.
|
|
|
|
@findex CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P
|
|
@item CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (@var{x})
|
|
A C expression that is 1 if the RTX @var{x} is a constant which
|
|
is a valid address. On most machines, this can be defined as
|
|
@code{CONSTANT_P (@var{x})}, but a few machines are more restrictive
|
|
in which constant addresses are supported.
|
|
|
|
@findex CONSTANT_P
|
|
@code{CONSTANT_P} accepts integer-values expressions whose values are
|
|
not explicitly known, such as @code{symbol_ref}, @code{label_ref}, and
|
|
@code{high} expressions and @code{const} arithmetic expressions, in
|
|
addition to @code{const_int} and @code{const_double} expressions.
|
|
|
|
@findex MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS
|
|
@item MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS
|
|
A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid
|
|
memory address. Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to
|
|
the maximum number that @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} would ever
|
|
accept.
|
|
|
|
@findex GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS
|
|
@item GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})
|
|
A C compound statement with a conditional @code{goto @var{label};}
|
|
executed if @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory address on the
|
|
target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.
|
|
|
|
It usually pays to define several simpler macros to serve as
|
|
subroutines for this one. Otherwise it may be too complicated to
|
|
understand.
|
|
|
|
This macro must exist in two variants: a strict variant and a
|
|
non-strict one. The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It
|
|
must be defined so that any pseudo-register that has not been
|
|
allocated a hard register is considered a memory reference. In
|
|
contexts where some kind of register is required, a pseudo-register
|
|
with no hard register must be rejected.
|
|
|
|
The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to
|
|
accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of
|
|
register is required.
|
|
|
|
@findex REG_OK_STRICT
|
|
Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this
|
|
macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an
|
|
@code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant
|
|
in that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.
|
|
|
|
Subroutines to check for acceptable registers for various purposes (one
|
|
for base registers, one for index registers, and so on) are typically
|
|
among the subroutines used to define @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}.
|
|
Then only these subroutine macros need have two variants; the higher
|
|
levels of macros may be the same whether strict or not.@refill
|
|
|
|
Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}
|
|
and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as
|
|
constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums
|
|
specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply
|
|
recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.
|
|
|
|
Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant
|
|
sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked
|
|
@code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such
|
|
naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will
|
|
be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation
|
|
On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on
|
|
the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the
|
|
macro @code{ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information into the
|
|
@code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a
|
|
@code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the
|
|
@code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler
|
|
Format}.
|
|
|
|
@findex saveable_obstack
|
|
The best way to modify the name string is by adding text to the
|
|
beginning, with suitable punctuation to prevent any ambiguity. Allocate
|
|
the new name in @code{saveable_obstack}. You will have to modify
|
|
@code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} to remove and decode the added text and
|
|
output the name accordingly, and define @code{STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} to
|
|
access the original name string.
|
|
|
|
You can check the information stored here into the @code{symbol_ref} in
|
|
the definitions of the macros @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} and
|
|
@code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.
|
|
|
|
@findex REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P
|
|
@item REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{x})
|
|
A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} (assumed to be a @code{reg}
|
|
RTX) is valid for use as a base register. For hard registers, it
|
|
should always accept those which the hardware permits and reject the
|
|
others. Whether the macro accepts or rejects pseudo registers must be
|
|
controlled by @code{REG_OK_STRICT} as described above. This usually
|
|
requires two variant definitions, of which @code{REG_OK_STRICT}
|
|
controls the one actually used.
|
|
|
|
@findex REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P
|
|
@item REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{x})
|
|
A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} (assumed to be a @code{reg}
|
|
RTX) is valid for use as an index register.
|
|
|
|
The difference between an index register and a base register is that
|
|
the index register may be scaled. If an address involves the sum of
|
|
two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be
|
|
labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever
|
|
labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers
|
|
may serve in each capacity. The compiler will try both labelings,
|
|
looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers
|
|
only if neither labeling works.
|
|
|
|
@findex LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
|
|
@item LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS (@var{x}, @var{oldx}, @var{mode}, @var{win})
|
|
A C compound statement that attempts to replace @var{x} with a valid
|
|
memory address for an operand of mode @var{mode}. @var{win} will be a
|
|
C statement label elsewhere in the code; the macro definition may use
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{win});
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
to avoid further processing if the address has become legitimate.
|
|
|
|
@findex break_out_memory_refs
|
|
@var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},
|
|
and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce
|
|
@var{x}.
|
|
|
|
The code generated by this macro should not alter the substructure of
|
|
@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it
|
|
should assign @var{x} (which will always be a C variable) a new value.
|
|
|
|
It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate
|
|
address. The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In
|
|
fact, it is safe for this macro to do nothing. But often a
|
|
machine-dependent strategy can generate better code.
|
|
|
|
@findex GO_IF_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS
|
|
@item GO_IF_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS (@var{addr}, @var{label})
|
|
A C statement or compound statement with a conditional @code{goto
|
|
@var{label};} executed if memory address @var{x} (an RTX) can have
|
|
different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory
|
|
reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes
|
|
but not others.
|
|
|
|
Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent
|
|
effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size
|
|
of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent
|
|
addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.
|
|
|
|
You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.
|
|
|
|
@findex LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
|
|
@item LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (@var{x})
|
|
A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for
|
|
an immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that
|
|
@var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this. In fact,
|
|
@samp{1} is a suitable definition for this macro on machines where
|
|
anything @code{CONSTANT_P} is valid.@refill
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Condition Code
|
|
@section Condition Code Status
|
|
@cindex condition code status
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
This describes the condition code status.
|
|
|
|
@findex cc_status
|
|
The file @file{conditions.h} defines a variable @code{cc_status} to
|
|
describe how the condition code was computed (in case the interpretation of
|
|
the condition code depends on the instruction that it was set by). This
|
|
variable contains the RTL expressions on which the condition code is
|
|
currently based, and several standard flags.
|
|
|
|
Sometimes additional machine-specific flags must be defined in the machine
|
|
description header file. It can also add additional machine-specific
|
|
information by defining @code{CC_STATUS_MDEP}.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex CC_STATUS_MDEP
|
|
@item CC_STATUS_MDEP
|
|
C code for a data type which is used for declaring the @code{mdep}
|
|
component of @code{cc_status}. It defaults to @code{int}.
|
|
|
|
This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
|
|
|
|
@findex CC_STATUS_MDEP_INIT
|
|
@item CC_STATUS_MDEP_INIT
|
|
A C expression to initialize the @code{mdep} field to ``empty''.
|
|
The default definition does nothing, since most machines don't use
|
|
the field anyway. If you want to use the field, you should probably
|
|
define this macro to initialize it.
|
|
|
|
This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
|
|
|
|
@findex NOTICE_UPDATE_CC
|
|
@item NOTICE_UPDATE_CC (@var{exp}, @var{insn})
|
|
A C compound statement to set the components of @code{cc_status}
|
|
appropriately for an insn @var{insn} whose body is @var{exp}. It is
|
|
this macro's responsibility to recognize insns that set the condition
|
|
code as a byproduct of other activity as well as those that explicitly
|
|
set @code{(cc0)}.
|
|
|
|
This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
|
|
|
|
If there are insns that do not set the condition code but do alter
|
|
other machine registers, this macro must check to see whether they
|
|
invalidate the expressions that the condition code is recorded as
|
|
reflecting. For example, on the 68000, insns that store in address
|
|
registers do not set the condition code, which means that usually
|
|
@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} can leave @code{cc_status} unaltered for such
|
|
insns. But suppose that the previous insn set the condition code
|
|
based on location @samp{a4@@(102)} and the current insn stores a new
|
|
value in @samp{a4}. Although the condition code is not changed by
|
|
this, it will no longer be true that it reflects the contents of
|
|
@samp{a4@@(102)}. Therefore, @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must alter
|
|
@code{cc_status} in this case to say that nothing is known about the
|
|
condition code value.
|
|
|
|
The definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must be prepared to deal
|
|
with the results of peephole optimization: insns whose patterns are
|
|
@code{parallel} RTXs containing various @code{reg}, @code{mem} or
|
|
constants which are just the operands. The RTL structure of these
|
|
insns is not sufficient to indicate what the insns actually do. What
|
|
@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} should do when it sees one is just to run
|
|
@code{CC_STATUS_INIT}.
|
|
|
|
A possible definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} is to call a function
|
|
that looks at an attribute (@pxref{Insn Attributes}) named, for example,
|
|
@samp{cc}. This avoids having detailed information about patterns in
|
|
two places, the @file{md} file and in @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC}.
|
|
|
|
@findex EXTRA_CC_MODES
|
|
@item EXTRA_CC_MODES
|
|
A list of names to be used for additional modes for condition code
|
|
values in registers (@pxref{Jump Patterns}). These names are added
|
|
to @code{enum machine_mode} and all have class @code{MODE_CC}. By
|
|
convention, they should start with @samp{CC} and end with @samp{mode}.
|
|
|
|
You should only define this macro if your machine does not use @code{cc0}
|
|
and only if additional modes are required.
|
|
|
|
@findex EXTRA_CC_NAMES
|
|
@item EXTRA_CC_NAMES
|
|
A list of C strings giving the names for the modes listed in
|
|
@code{EXTRA_CC_MODES}. For example, the Sparc defines this macro and
|
|
@code{EXTRA_CC_MODES} as
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
#define EXTRA_CC_MODES CC_NOOVmode, CCFPmode, CCFPEmode
|
|
#define EXTRA_CC_NAMES "CC_NOOV", "CCFP", "CCFPE"
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
This macro is not required if @code{EXTRA_CC_MODES} is not defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex SELECT_CC_MODE
|
|
@item SELECT_CC_MODE (@var{op}, @var{x}, @var{y})
|
|
Returns a mode from class @code{MODE_CC} to be used when comparison
|
|
operation code @var{op} is applied to rtx @var{x} and @var{y}. For
|
|
example, on the Sparc, @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} is defined as (see
|
|
@pxref{Jump Patterns} for a description of the reason for this
|
|
definition)
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
#define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP,X,Y) \
|
|
(GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (X)) == MODE_FLOAT \
|
|
? ((OP == EQ || OP == NE) ? CCFPmode : CCFPEmode) \
|
|
: ((GET_CODE (X) == PLUS || GET_CODE (X) == MINUS \
|
|
|| GET_CODE (X) == NEG) \
|
|
? CC_NOOVmode : CCmode))
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
You need not define this macro if @code{EXTRA_CC_MODES} is not defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON
|
|
@item CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON (@var{code}, @var{op0}, @var{op1})
|
|
One some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can
|
|
convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha
|
|
does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}
|
|
comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.
|
|
|
|
On such machines, define this macro to be a C statement to do any
|
|
required conversions. @var{code} is the initial comparison code
|
|
and @var{op0} and @var{op1} are the left and right operands of the
|
|
comparison, respectively. You should modify @var{code}, @var{op0}, and
|
|
@var{op1} as required.
|
|
|
|
GNU CC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is
|
|
valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the
|
|
@file{md} file.
|
|
|
|
You need not define this macro if it would never change the comparison
|
|
code or operands.
|
|
|
|
@findex REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE
|
|
@item REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})
|
|
A C expression whose value is one if it is always safe to reverse a
|
|
comparison whose mode is @var{mode}. If @code{SELECT_CC_MODE}
|
|
can ever return @var{mode} for a floating-point inequality comparison,
|
|
then @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} must be zero.
|
|
|
|
You need not define this macro if it would always returns zero or if the
|
|
floating-point format is anything other than @code{IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT}.
|
|
For example, here is the definition used on the Sparc, where floating-point
|
|
inequality comparisons are always given @code{CCFPEmode}:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
#define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) ((MODE) != CCFPEmode)
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Costs
|
|
@section Describing Relative Costs of Operations
|
|
@cindex costs of instructions
|
|
@cindex relative costs
|
|
@cindex speed of instructions
|
|
|
|
These macros let you describe the relative speed of various operations
|
|
on the target machine.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex CONST_COSTS
|
|
@item CONST_COSTS (@var{x}, @var{code}, @var{outer_code})
|
|
A part of a C @code{switch} statement that describes the relative costs
|
|
of constant RTL expressions. It must contain @code{case} labels for
|
|
expression codes @code{const_int}, @code{const}, @code{symbol_ref},
|
|
@code{label_ref} and @code{const_double}. Each case must ultimately
|
|
reach a @code{return} statement to return the relative cost of the use
|
|
of that kind of constant value in an expression. The cost may depend on
|
|
the precise value of the constant, which is available for examination in
|
|
@var{x}, and the rtx code of the expression in which it is contained,
|
|
found in @var{outer_code}.
|
|
|
|
@var{code} is the expression code---redundant, since it can be
|
|
obtained with @code{GET_CODE (@var{x})}.
|
|
|
|
@findex RTX_COSTS
|
|
@findex COSTS_N_INSNS
|
|
@item RTX_COSTS (@var{x}, @var{code}, @var{outer_code})
|
|
Like @code{CONST_COSTS} but applies to nonconstant RTL expressions.
|
|
This can be used, for example, to indicate how costly a multiply
|
|
instruction is. In writing this macro, you can use the construct
|
|
@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast
|
|
instructions. @var{outer_code} is the code of the expression in which
|
|
@var{x} is contained.
|
|
|
|
This macro is optional; do not define it if the default cost assumptions
|
|
are adequate for the target machine.
|
|
|
|
@findex ADDRESS_COST
|
|
@item ADDRESS_COST (@var{address})
|
|
An expression giving the cost of an addressing mode that contains
|
|
@var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from
|
|
the @var{address} expression and the @code{CONST_COSTS} values.
|
|
|
|
For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the
|
|
true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all
|
|
instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence
|
|
all addresses will have equal costs.
|
|
|
|
In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with
|
|
the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,
|
|
cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.
|
|
|
|
For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register
|
|
and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro
|
|
is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory
|
|
references will be indirect through that register. On machines where
|
|
the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than
|
|
that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional
|
|
instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper
|
|
specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.
|
|
|
|
Similar use of this macro is made in strength reduction of loops.
|
|
|
|
@var{address} need not be valid as an address. In such a case, the cost
|
|
is not relevant and can be any value; invalid addresses need not be
|
|
assigned a different cost.
|
|
|
|
On machines where an address involving more than one register is as
|
|
cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining
|
|
@code{ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to be live
|
|
over a region of code where only one would have been if
|
|
@code{ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect should
|
|
be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs should
|
|
probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of registers
|
|
on machines with lots of registers.
|
|
|
|
This macro will normally either not be defined or be defined as a
|
|
constant.
|
|
|
|
@findex REGISTER_MOVE_COST
|
|
@item REGISTER_MOVE_COST (@var{from}, @var{to})
|
|
A C expression for the cost of moving data from a register in class
|
|
@var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes are expressed using
|
|
the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}. A value of 4 is the
|
|
default; other values are interpreted relative to that.
|
|
|
|
It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the
|
|
same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between
|
|
registers if they are not general registers.
|
|
|
|
If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two
|
|
hard registers, and if @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their
|
|
classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the
|
|
constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will
|
|
allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this
|
|
if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.
|
|
|
|
@findex MEMORY_MOVE_COST
|
|
@item MEMORY_MOVE_COST (@var{m})
|
|
A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{m} between a
|
|
register and memory. A value of 2 is the default; this cost is relative
|
|
to those in @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.
|
|
|
|
If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between
|
|
two registers, you should define this macro to express the relative cost.
|
|
|
|
@findex BRANCH_COST
|
|
@item BRANCH_COST
|
|
A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction. A value of 1 is
|
|
the default; other values are interpreted relative to that.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Here are additional macros which do not specify precise relative costs,
|
|
but only that certain actions are more expensive than GNU CC would
|
|
ordinarily expect.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS
|
|
@item SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS
|
|
Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less
|
|
than a word of memory (i.e. a @code{char} or a @code{short}) is no
|
|
faster than accessing a word of memory, i.e., if such access
|
|
require more than one instruction or if there is no difference in cost
|
|
between byte and (aligned) word loads.
|
|
|
|
When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by
|
|
finding the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword
|
|
load will be used if alignment permits. Unless bytes accesses are
|
|
faster than word accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it
|
|
may eliminate subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to
|
|
other fields in the same word of the structure, but to different bytes.
|
|
|
|
@findex SLOW_ZERO_EXTEND
|
|
@item SLOW_ZERO_EXTEND
|
|
Define this macro if zero-extension (of a @code{char} or @code{short}
|
|
to an @code{int}) can be done faster if the destination is a register
|
|
that is known to be zero.
|
|
|
|
If you define this macro, you must have instruction patterns that
|
|
recognize RTL structures like this:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
(set (strict_low_part (subreg:QI (reg:SI @dots{}) 0)) @dots{})
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
and likewise for @code{HImode}.
|
|
|
|
@findex SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS
|
|
@item SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS
|
|
Define this macro to be the value 1 if unaligned accesses have a cost
|
|
many times greater than aligned accesses, for example if they are
|
|
emulated in a trap handler.
|
|
|
|
When this macro is non-zero, the compiler will act as if
|
|
@code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were non-zero when generating code for block
|
|
moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.
|
|
Therefore, do not set this macro non-zero if unaligned accesses only add a
|
|
cycle or two to the time for a memory access.
|
|
|
|
If the value of this macro is always zero, it need not be defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex DONT_REDUCE_ADDR
|
|
@item DONT_REDUCE_ADDR
|
|
Define this macro to inhibit strength reduction of memory addresses.
|
|
(On some machines, such strength reduction seems to do harm rather
|
|
than good.)
|
|
|
|
@findex MOVE_RATIO
|
|
@item MOVE_RATIO
|
|
The number of scalar move insns which should be generated instead of a
|
|
string move insn or a library call. Increasing the value will always
|
|
make code faster, but eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
|
|
|
|
@findex NO_FUNCTION_CSE
|
|
@item NO_FUNCTION_CSE
|
|
Define this macro if it is as good or better to call a constant
|
|
function address than to call an address kept in a register.
|
|
|
|
@findex NO_RECURSIVE_FUNCTION_CSE
|
|
@item NO_RECURSIVE_FUNCTION_CSE
|
|
Define this macro if it is as good or better for a function to call
|
|
itself with an explicit address than to call an address kept in a
|
|
register.
|
|
|
|
@findex ADJUST_COST
|
|
@item ADJUST_COST (@var{insn}, @var{link}, @var{dep_insn}, @var{cost})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the integer variable @var{cost}
|
|
based on the relationship between @var{insn} that is dependent on
|
|
@var{dep_insn} through the dependence @var{link}. The default is to
|
|
make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be used for example to
|
|
specify to the scheduler that an output- or anti-dependence does not
|
|
incur the same cost as a data-dependence.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Sections
|
|
@section Dividing the Output into Sections (Texts, Data, @dots{})
|
|
@c the above section title is WAY too long. maybe cut the part between
|
|
@c the (...)? --mew 10feb93
|
|
|
|
An object file is divided into sections containing different types of
|
|
data. In the most common case, there are three sections: the @dfn{text
|
|
section}, which holds instructions and read-only data; the @dfn{data
|
|
section}, which holds initialized writable data; and the @dfn{bss
|
|
section}, which holds uninitialized data. Some systems have other kinds
|
|
of sections.
|
|
|
|
The compiler must tell the assembler when to switch sections. These
|
|
macros control what commands to output to tell the assembler this. You
|
|
can also define additional sections.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
|
@item TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
|
A C expression whose value is a string containing the assembler
|
|
operation that should precede instructions and read-only data. Normally
|
|
@code{".text"} is right.
|
|
|
|
@findex DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
|
@item DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
|
A C expression whose value is a string containing the assembler
|
|
operation to identify the following data as writable initialized data.
|
|
Normally @code{".data"} is right.
|
|
|
|
@findex SHARED_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
|
@item SHARED_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
|
if defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the
|
|
assembler operation to identify the following data as shared data. If
|
|
not defined, @code{DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP} will be used.
|
|
|
|
@findex INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
|
@item INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
|
if defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the
|
|
assembler operation to identify the following data as initialization
|
|
code. If not defined, GNU CC will assume such a section does not
|
|
exist.
|
|
|
|
@findex EXTRA_SECTIONS
|
|
@findex in_text
|
|
@findex in_data
|
|
@item EXTRA_SECTIONS
|
|
A list of names for sections other than the standard two, which are
|
|
@code{in_text} and @code{in_data}. You need not define this macro
|
|
on a system with no other sections (that GCC needs to use).
|
|
|
|
@findex EXTRA_SECTION_FUNCTIONS
|
|
@findex text_section
|
|
@findex data_section
|
|
@item EXTRA_SECTION_FUNCTIONS
|
|
One or more functions to be defined in @file{varasm.c}. These
|
|
functions should do jobs analogous to those of @code{text_section} and
|
|
@code{data_section}, for your additional sections. Do not define this
|
|
macro if you do not define @code{EXTRA_SECTIONS}.
|
|
|
|
@findex READONLY_DATA_SECTION
|
|
@item READONLY_DATA_SECTION
|
|
On most machines, read-only variables, constants, and jump tables are
|
|
placed in the text section. If this is not the case on your machine,
|
|
this macro should be defined to be the name of a function (either
|
|
@code{data_section} or a function defined in @code{EXTRA_SECTIONS}) that
|
|
switches to the section to be used for read-only items.
|
|
|
|
If these items should be placed in the text section, this macro should
|
|
not be defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex SELECT_SECTION
|
|
@item SELECT_SECTION (@var{exp}, @var{reloc})
|
|
A C statement or statements to switch to the appropriate section for
|
|
output of @var{exp}. You can assume that @var{exp} is either a
|
|
@code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of some sort. @var{reloc}
|
|
indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time
|
|
relocations. Select the section by calling @code{text_section} or one
|
|
of the alternatives for other sections.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if you put all read-only variables and
|
|
constants in the read-only data section (usually the text section).
|
|
|
|
@findex SELECT_RTX_SECTION
|
|
@item SELECT_RTX_SECTION (@var{mode}, @var{rtx})
|
|
A C statement or statements to switch to the appropriate section for
|
|
output of @var{rtx} in mode @var{mode}. You can assume that @var{rtx}
|
|
is some kind of constant in RTL. The argument @var{mode} is redundant
|
|
except in the case of a @code{const_int} rtx. Select the section by
|
|
calling @code{text_section} or one of the alternatives for other
|
|
sections.
|
|
|
|
Do not define this macro if you put all constants in the read-only
|
|
data section.
|
|
|
|
@findex JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
|
|
@item JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
|
|
Define this macro if jump tables (for @code{tablejump} insns) should be
|
|
output in the text section, along with the assembler instructions.
|
|
Otherwise, the readonly data section is used.
|
|
|
|
This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section.
|
|
|
|
@findex ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
|
|
@item ENCODE_SECTION_INFO (@var{decl})
|
|
Define this macro if references to a symbol must be treated differently
|
|
depending on something about the variable or function named by the
|
|
symbol (such as what section it is in).
|
|
|
|
The macro definition, if any, is executed immediately after the rtl for
|
|
@var{decl} has been created and stored in @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}.
|
|
The value of the rtl will be a @code{mem} whose address is a
|
|
@code{symbol_ref}.
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}
|
|
The usual thing for this macro to do is to record a flag in the
|
|
@code{symbol_ref} (such as @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}) or to store a
|
|
modified name string in the @code{symbol_ref} (if one bit is not enough
|
|
information).
|
|
|
|
@findex STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
|
|
@item STRIP_NAME_ENCODING (@var{var}, @var{sym_name})
|
|
Decode @var{sym_name} and store the real name part in @var{var}, sans
|
|
the characters that encode section info. Define this macro if
|
|
@code{ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} alters the symbol's name string.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node PIC
|
|
@section Position Independent Code
|
|
@cindex position independent code
|
|
@cindex PIC
|
|
|
|
This section describes macros that help implement generation of position
|
|
independent code. Simply defining these macros is not enough to
|
|
generate valid PIC; you must also add support to the macros
|
|
@code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} and @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}, as
|
|
well as @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS}. You must modify the definition of
|
|
@samp{movsi} to do something appropriate when the source operand
|
|
contains a symbolic address. You may also need to alter the handling of
|
|
switch statements so that they use relative addresses.
|
|
@c i rearranged the order of the macros above to try to force one of
|
|
@c them to the next line, to eliminate an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
|
|
@item PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
|
|
The register number of the register used to address a table of static
|
|
data addresses in memory. In some cases this register is defined by a
|
|
processor's ``application binary interface'' (ABI). When this macro
|
|
is defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack
|
|
pointer and frame pointer registers. If this macro is not defined, it
|
|
is up to the machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if
|
|
necessary).
|
|
|
|
@findex PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED
|
|
@item PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED
|
|
Define this macro if the register defined by
|
|
@code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is clobbered by calls. Do not define
|
|
this macro if @code{PPIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is not defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex FINALIZE_PIC
|
|
@item FINALIZE_PIC
|
|
By generating position-independent code, when two different programs (A
|
|
and B) share a common library (libC.a), the text of the library can be
|
|
shared whether or not the library is linked at the same address for both
|
|
programs. In some of these environments, position-independent code
|
|
requires not only the use of different addressing modes, but also
|
|
special code to enable the use of these addressing modes.
|
|
|
|
The @code{FINALIZE_PIC} macro serves as a hook to emit these special
|
|
codes once the function is being compiled into assembly code, but not
|
|
before. (It is not done before, because in the case of compiling an
|
|
inline function, it would lead to multiple PIC prologues being
|
|
included in functions which used inline functions and were compiled to
|
|
assembly language.)
|
|
|
|
@findex LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P
|
|
@item LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (@var{x})
|
|
A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate immediate
|
|
operand on the target machine when generating position independent code.
|
|
You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not
|
|
check this. You can also assume @var{flag_pic} is true, so you need not
|
|
check it either. You need not define this macro if all constants
|
|
(including @code{SYMBOL_REF}) can be immediate operands when generating
|
|
position independent code.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Assembler Format
|
|
@section Defining the Output Assembler Language
|
|
|
|
This section describes macros whose principal purpose is to describe how
|
|
to write instructions in assembler language--rather than what the
|
|
instructions do.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* File Framework:: Structural information for the assembler file.
|
|
* Data Output:: Output of constants (numbers, strings, addresses).
|
|
* Uninitialized Data:: Output of uninitialized variables.
|
|
* Label Output:: Output and generation of labels.
|
|
* Initialization:: General principles of initialization
|
|
and termination routines.
|
|
* Macros for Initialization::
|
|
Specific macros that control the handling of
|
|
initialization and termination routines.
|
|
* Instruction Output:: Output of actual instructions.
|
|
* Dispatch Tables:: Output of jump tables.
|
|
* Alignment Output:: Pseudo ops for alignment and skipping data.
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node File Framework
|
|
@subsection The Overall Framework of an Assembler File
|
|
@cindex assembler format
|
|
@cindex output of assembler code
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
This describes the overall framework of an assembler file.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex ASM_FILE_START
|
|
@item ASM_FILE_START (@var{stream})
|
|
A C expression which outputs to the stdio stream @var{stream}
|
|
some appropriate text to go at the start of an assembler file.
|
|
|
|
Normally this macro is defined to output a line containing
|
|
@samp{#NO_APP}, which is a comment that has no effect on most
|
|
assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it can save time by not
|
|
checking for certain assembler constructs.
|
|
|
|
On systems that use SDB, it is necessary to output certain commands;
|
|
see @file{attasm.h}.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_FILE_END
|
|
@item ASM_FILE_END (@var{stream})
|
|
A C expression which outputs to the stdio stream @var{stream}
|
|
some appropriate text to go at the end of an assembler file.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, the default is to output nothing
|
|
special at the end of the file. Most systems don't require any
|
|
definition.
|
|
|
|
On systems that use SDB, it is necessary to output certain commands;
|
|
see @file{attasm.h}.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_IDENTIFY_GCC
|
|
@item ASM_IDENTIFY_GCC (@var{file})
|
|
A C statement to output assembler commands which will identify
|
|
the object file as having been compiled with GNU CC (or another
|
|
GNU compiler).
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this macro, the string @samp{gcc_compiled.:}
|
|
is output. This string is calculated to define a symbol which,
|
|
on BSD systems, will never be defined for any other reason.
|
|
GDB checks for the presence of this symbol when reading the
|
|
symbol table of an executable.
|
|
|
|
On non-BSD systems, you must arrange communication with GDB in
|
|
some other fashion. If GDB is not used on your system, you can
|
|
define this macro with an empty body.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_COMMENT_START
|
|
@item ASM_COMMENT_START
|
|
A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target
|
|
assembler language. The compiler assumes that the comment will end at
|
|
the end of the line.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_APP_ON
|
|
@item ASM_APP_ON
|
|
A C string constant for text to be output before each @code{asm}
|
|
statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is
|
|
@code{"#APP"}, which is a comment that has no effect on most
|
|
assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it must check the lines
|
|
that follow for all valid assembler constructs.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_APP_OFF
|
|
@item ASM_APP_OFF
|
|
A C string constant for text to be output after each @code{asm}
|
|
statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is
|
|
@code{"#NO_APP"}, which tells the GNU assembler to resume making the
|
|
time-saving assumptions that are valid for ordinary compiler output.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
|
|
A C statement to output COFF information or DWARF debugging information
|
|
which indicates that filename @var{name} is the current source file to
|
|
the stdio stream @var{stream}.
|
|
|
|
This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
|
|
for the file format in use is appropriate.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line})
|
|
A C statement to output DBX or SDB debugging information before code
|
|
for line number @var{line} of the current source file to the
|
|
stdio stream @var{stream}.
|
|
|
|
This macro need not be defined if the standard form of debugging
|
|
information for the debugger in use is appropriate.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT (@var{stream}, @var{string})
|
|
A C statement to output something to the assembler file to handle a
|
|
@samp{#ident} directive containing the text @var{string}. If this
|
|
macro is not defined, nothing is output for a @samp{#ident} directive.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION_NAME
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name})
|
|
A C statement to output something to the assembler file to switch to section
|
|
@var{name} for object @var{decl} which is either a @code{FUNCTION_DECL}, a
|
|
@code{VAR_DECL} or @code{NULL_TREE}. Some target formats do not support
|
|
arbitrary sections. Do not define this macro in such cases.
|
|
|
|
At present this macro is only used to support section attributes.
|
|
When this macro is undefined, section attributes are disabled.
|
|
|
|
@findex OBJC_PROLOGUE
|
|
@item OBJC_PROLOGUE
|
|
A C statement to output any assembler statements which are required to
|
|
precede any Objective C object definitions or message sending. The
|
|
statement is executed only when compiling an Objective C program.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@need 2000
|
|
@node Data Output
|
|
@subsection Output of Data
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
This describes data output.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_LONG_DOUBLE
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_FLOAT
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_LONG_DOUBLE (@var{stream}, @var{value})
|
|
@itemx ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE (@var{stream}, @var{value})
|
|
@itemx ASM_OUTPUT_FLOAT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
|
|
@itemx ASM_OUTPUT_THREE_QUARTER_FLOAT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
|
|
@itemx ASM_OUTPUT_SHORT_FLOAT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
|
|
@itemx ASM_OUTPUT_BYTE_FLOAT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
|
|
A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
|
|
instruction to assemble a floating-point constant of @code{TFmode},
|
|
@code{DFmode}, @code{SFmode}, @code{TQFmode}, @code{HFmode}, or
|
|
@code{QFmode}, respectively, whose value is @var{value}. @var{value}
|
|
will be a C expression of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}. Macros such as
|
|
@code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE} are useful for writing these
|
|
definitions.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_QUADRUPLE_INT
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE_INT
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_INT
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_SHORT
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_CHAR
|
|
@findex output_addr_const
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_QUADRUPLE_INT (@var{stream}, @var{exp})
|
|
@itemx ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE_INT (@var{stream}, @var{exp})
|
|
@itemx ASM_OUTPUT_INT (@var{stream}, @var{exp})
|
|
@itemx ASM_OUTPUT_SHORT (@var{stream}, @var{exp})
|
|
@itemx ASM_OUTPUT_CHAR (@var{stream}, @var{exp})
|
|
A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
|
|
instruction to assemble an integer of 16, 8, 4, 2 or 1 bytes,
|
|
respectively, whose value is @var{value}. The argument @var{exp} will
|
|
be an RTL expression which represents a constant value. Use
|
|
@samp{output_addr_const (@var{stream}, @var{exp})} to output this value
|
|
as an assembler expression.@refill
|
|
|
|
For sizes larger than @code{UNITS_PER_WORD}, if the action of a macro
|
|
would be identical to repeatedly calling the macro corresponding to
|
|
a size of @code{UNITS_PER_WORD}, once for each word, you need not define
|
|
the macro.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_BYTE
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_BYTE (@var{stream}, @var{value})
|
|
A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
|
|
instruction to assemble a single byte containing the number @var{value}.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_BYTE_OP
|
|
@item ASM_BYTE_OP
|
|
A C string constant giving the pseudo-op to use for a sequence of
|
|
single-byte constants. If this macro is not defined, the default is
|
|
@code{"byte"}.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}, @var{len})
|
|
A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
|
|
instruction to assemble a string constant containing the @var{len}
|
|
bytes at @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} will be a C expression of type
|
|
@code{char *} and @var{len} a C expression of type @code{int}.
|
|
|
|
If the assembler has a @code{.ascii} pseudo-op as found in the
|
|
Berkeley Unix assembler, do not define the macro
|
|
@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII}.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (@var{file} @var{funname} @var{fundecl} @var{size})
|
|
A C statement to output assembler commands to define the start of the
|
|
constant pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving
|
|
the name of the function. Should the return type of the function
|
|
be required, it can be obtained via @var{fundecl}. @var{size}
|
|
is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that will be written
|
|
immediately after this call.
|
|
|
|
If no constant-pool prefix is required, the usual case, this macro need
|
|
not be defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (@var{file}, @var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{align}, @var{labelno}, @var{jumpto})
|
|
A C statement (with or without semicolon) to output a constant in the
|
|
constant pool, if it needs special treatment. (This macro need not do
|
|
anything for RTL expressions that can be output normally.)
|
|
|
|
The argument @var{file} is the standard I/O stream to output the
|
|
assembler code on. @var{x} is the RTL expression for the constant to
|
|
output, and @var{mode} is the machine mode (in case @var{x} is a
|
|
@samp{const_int}). @var{align} is the required alignment for the value
|
|
@var{x}; you should output an assembler directive to force this much
|
|
alignment.
|
|
|
|
The argument @var{labelno} is a number to use in an internal label for
|
|
the address of this pool entry. The definition of this macro is
|
|
responsible for outputting the label definition at the proper place.
|
|
Here is how to do this:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{file}, "LC", @var{labelno});
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
When you output a pool entry specially, you should end with a
|
|
@code{goto} to the label @var{jumpto}. This will prevent the same pool
|
|
entry from being output a second time in the usual manner.
|
|
|
|
You need not define this macro if it would do nothing.
|
|
|
|
@findex IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR
|
|
@item IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR (@var{C})
|
|
Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if @var{C} is
|
|
used as a logical line separator by the assembler.
|
|
|
|
If you do not define this macro, the default is that only
|
|
the character @samp{;} is treated as a logical line separator.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OPEN_PAREN
|
|
@findex ASM_CLOSE_PAREN
|
|
@item ASM_OPEN_PAREN
|
|
@itemx ASM_CLOSE_PAREN
|
|
These macros are defined as C string constant, describing the syntax
|
|
in the assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. The following
|
|
definitions are correct for most assemblers:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
#define ASM_OPEN_PAREN "("
|
|
#define ASM_CLOSE_PAREN ")"
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
These macros are provided by @file{real.h} for writing the definitions
|
|
of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE} and the like:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
|
|
@itemx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
|
|
@itemx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE
|
|
These translate @var{x}, of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, to the target's
|
|
floating point representation, and store its bit pattern in the array of
|
|
@code{long int} whose address is @var{l}. The number of elements in the
|
|
output array is determined by the size of the desired target floating
|
|
point data type: 32 bits of it go in each @code{long int} array
|
|
element. Each array element holds 32 bits of the result, even if
|
|
@code{long int} is wider than 32 bits on the host machine.
|
|
|
|
The array element values are designed so that you can print them out
|
|
using @code{fprintf} in the order they should appear in the target
|
|
machine's memory.
|
|
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_TO_DECIMAL (@var{x}, @var{format}, @var{string})
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_TO_DECIMAL
|
|
This macro converts @var{x}, of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, to a
|
|
decimal number and stores it as a string into @var{string}.
|
|
You must pass, as @var{string}, the address of a long enough block
|
|
of space to hold the result.
|
|
|
|
The argument @var{format} is a @code{printf}-specification that serves
|
|
as a suggestion for how to format the output string.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Uninitialized Data
|
|
@subsection Output of Uninitialized Variables
|
|
|
|
Each of the macros in this section is used to do the whole job of
|
|
outputting a single uninitialized variable.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} the assembler definition of a common-label named
|
|
@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded}
|
|
is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.
|
|
|
|
Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
|
|
output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
|
|
assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
|
|
|
|
This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
|
|
global variables are output.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
|
|
Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} except takes the required alignment as a
|
|
separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
|
|
place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, and gives you more flexibility in
|
|
handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified
|
|
as the number of bits.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_SHARED_COMMON
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_SHARED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
|
|
If defined, it is similar to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, except that it
|
|
is used when @var{name} is shared. If not defined, @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}
|
|
will be used.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} the assembler definition of a local-common-label named
|
|
@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded}
|
|
is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.
|
|
|
|
Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
|
|
output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
|
|
assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
|
|
|
|
This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
|
|
static variables are output.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
|
|
Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} except takes the required alignment as a
|
|
separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
|
|
place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, and gives you more flexibility in
|
|
handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified
|
|
as the number of bits.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_SHARED_LOCAL
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_SHARED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
|
|
If defined, it is similar to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, except that it
|
|
is used when @var{name} is shared. If not defined, @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}
|
|
will be used.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Label Output
|
|
@subsection Output and Generation of Labels
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
This is about outputting labels.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL
|
|
@findex assemble_name
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name}.
|
|
Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
|
|
output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
|
|
assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME
|
|
@item ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
|
|
function which is being defined. This macro is responsible for
|
|
outputting the label definition (perhaps using
|
|
@code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). The argument @var{decl} is the
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
|
|
usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE
|
|
@item ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a function
|
|
which is being defined. The argument @var{name} is the name of the
|
|
function. The argument @var{decl} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node
|
|
representing the function.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, then the function size is not defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
|
|
@item ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of an
|
|
initialized variable which is being defined. This macro must output the
|
|
label definition (perhaps using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). The argument
|
|
@var{decl} is the @code{VAR_DECL} tree node representing the variable.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the
|
|
usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT
|
|
@item ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{toplevel}, @var{atend})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to finish up declaring a variable name
|
|
once the compiler has processed its initializer fully and thus has had a
|
|
chance to determine the size of an array when controlled by an
|
|
initializer. This is used on systems where it's necessary to declare
|
|
something about the size of the object.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
|
|
nothing.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL
|
|
@item ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;
|
|
that is, available for reference from other files. Use the expression
|
|
@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name
|
|
itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax
|
|
for making that name global, and a newline.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
|
|
@item ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} weak;
|
|
that is, available for reference from other files but only used if
|
|
no other definition is available. Use the expression
|
|
@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name
|
|
itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax
|
|
for making that name weak, and a newline.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this macro, GNU CC will not support weak
|
|
symbols and you should not define the @code{SUPPORTS_WEAK} macro.
|
|
|
|
@findex SUPPORTS_WEAK
|
|
@item SUPPORTS_WEAK
|
|
A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
|
|
definition. If @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} is defined, the default
|
|
definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}. Define this macro if
|
|
you want to control weak symbol support with a compiler flag such as
|
|
@samp{-melf}.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name of an external
|
|
symbol named @var{name} which is referenced in this compilation but
|
|
not defined. The value of @var{decl} is the tree node for the
|
|
declaration.
|
|
|
|
This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything.
|
|
The GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL (@var{stream}, @var{symref})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to output on @var{stream} an assembler
|
|
pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the
|
|
library function is given by @var{symref}, which has type @code{rtx} and
|
|
is a @code{symbol_ref}.
|
|
|
|
This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything.
|
|
The GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (@var{stream}, @var{name})
|
|
A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} a reference in assembler syntax to a label named
|
|
@var{name}. This should add @samp{_} to the front of the name, if that
|
|
is customary on your operating system, as it is in most Berkeley Unix
|
|
systems. This macro is used in @code{assemble_name}.
|
|
|
|
@ignore @c Seems not to exist anymore.
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF_AS_INT
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF_AS_INT (@var{file}, @var{label})
|
|
Define this macro for systems that use the program @code{collect2}.
|
|
The definition should be a C statement to output a word containing
|
|
a reference to the label @var{label}.
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
|
|
A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose
|
|
name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{num}.
|
|
|
|
It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels
|
|
used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs
|
|
will have name conflicts with internal labels.
|
|
|
|
It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the
|
|
object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that
|
|
should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the
|
|
beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what
|
|
convention your system uses, and follow it.
|
|
|
|
The usual definition of this macro is as follows:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
fprintf (@var{stream}, "L%s%d:\n", @var{prefix}, @var{num})
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL
|
|
@item ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{string}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
|
|
A C statement to store into the string @var{string} a label whose name
|
|
is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{num}.
|
|
|
|
This string, when output subsequently by @code{assemble_name}, should
|
|
produce the output that @code{ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL} would produce
|
|
with the same @var{prefix} and @var{num}.
|
|
|
|
If the string begins with @samp{*}, then @code{assemble_name} will
|
|
output the rest of the string unchanged. It is often convenient for
|
|
@code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} to use @samp{*} in this way. If the
|
|
string doesn't start with @samp{*}, then @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} gets
|
|
to output the string, and may change it. (Of course,
|
|
@code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} is also part of your machine description, so
|
|
you should know what it does on your machine.)
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME
|
|
@item ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME (@var{outvar}, @var{name}, @var{number})
|
|
A C expression to assign to @var{outvar} (which is a variable of type
|
|
@code{char *}) a newly allocated string made from the string
|
|
@var{name} and the number @var{number}, with some suitable punctuation
|
|
added. Use @code{alloca} to get space for the string.
|
|
|
|
The string will be used as an argument to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} to
|
|
produce an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is
|
|
@var{name}. Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid
|
|
assembler code. The argument @var{number} is different each time this
|
|
macro is executed; it prevents conflicts between similarly-named
|
|
internal static variables in different scopes.
|
|
|
|
Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any
|
|
conflict with the user's own symbols. Most assemblers allow periods
|
|
or percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these
|
|
between the name and the number will suffice.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
|
|
A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
|
|
which defines (equates) the symbol @var{name} to have the value @var{value}.
|
|
|
|
If SET_ASM_OP is defined, a default definition is provided which is
|
|
correct for most systems.
|
|
@findex OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL
|
|
@item OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL (@var{buf}, @var{is_inst}, @var{class_name}, @var{cat_name}, @var{sel_name})
|
|
Define this macro to override the default assembler names used for
|
|
Objective C methods.
|
|
|
|
The default name is a unique method number followed by the name of the
|
|
class (e.g.@: @samp{_1_Foo}). For methods in categories, the name of
|
|
the category is also included in the assembler name (e.g.@:
|
|
@samp{_1_Foo_Bar}).
|
|
|
|
These names are safe on most systems, but make debugging difficult since
|
|
the method's selector is not present in the name. Therefore, particular
|
|
systems define other ways of computing names.
|
|
|
|
@var{buf} is an expression of type @code{char *} which gives you a
|
|
buffer in which to store the name; its length is as long as
|
|
@var{class_name}, @var{cat_name} and @var{sel_name} put together, plus
|
|
50 characters extra.
|
|
|
|
The argument @var{is_inst} specifies whether the method is an instance
|
|
method or a class method; @var{class_name} is the name of the class;
|
|
@var{cat_name} is the name of the category (or NULL if the method is not
|
|
in a category); and @var{sel_name} is the name of the selector.
|
|
|
|
On systems where the assembler can handle quoted names, you can use this
|
|
macro to provide more human-readable names.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Initialization
|
|
@subsection How Initialization Functions Are Handled
|
|
@cindex initialization routines
|
|
@cindex termination routines
|
|
@cindex constructors, output of
|
|
@cindex destructors, output of
|
|
|
|
The compiled code for certain languages includes @dfn{constructors}
|
|
(also called @dfn{initialization routines})---functions to initialize
|
|
data in the program when the program is started. These functions need
|
|
to be called before the program is ``started''---that is to say, before
|
|
@code{main} is called.
|
|
|
|
Compiling some languages generates @dfn{destructors} (also called
|
|
@dfn{termination routines}) that should be called when the program
|
|
terminates.
|
|
|
|
To make the initialization and termination functions work, the compiler
|
|
must output something in the assembler code to cause those functions to
|
|
be called at the appropriate time. When you port the compiler to a new
|
|
system, you need to specify how to do this.
|
|
|
|
There are two major ways that GCC currently supports the execution of
|
|
initialization and termination functions. Each way has two variants.
|
|
Much of the structure is common to all four variations.
|
|
|
|
@findex __CTOR_LIST__
|
|
@findex __DTOR_LIST__
|
|
The linker must build two lists of these functions---a list of
|
|
initialization functions, called @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, and a list of
|
|
termination functions, called @code{__DTOR_LIST__}.
|
|
|
|
Each list always begins with an ignored function pointer (which may hold
|
|
0, @minus{}1, or a count of the function pointers after it, depending on
|
|
the environment). This is followed by a series of zero or more function
|
|
pointers to constructors (or destructors), followed by a function
|
|
pointer containing zero.
|
|
|
|
Depending on the operating system and its executable file format, either
|
|
@file{crtstuff.c} or @file{libgcc2.c} traverses these lists at startup
|
|
time and exit time. Constructors are called in reverse order of the
|
|
list; destructors in forward order.
|
|
|
|
The best way to handle static constructors works only for object file
|
|
formats which provide arbitrarily-named sections. A section is set
|
|
aside for a list of constructors, and another for a list of destructors.
|
|
Traditionally these are called @samp{.ctors} and @samp{.dtors}. Each
|
|
object file that defines an initialization function also puts a word in
|
|
the constructor section to point to that function. The linker
|
|
accumulates all these words into one contiguous @samp{.ctors} section.
|
|
Termination functions are handled similarly.
|
|
|
|
To use this method, you need appropriate definitions of the macros
|
|
@code{ASM_OUTPUT_CONSTRUCTOR} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DESTRUCTOR}. Usually
|
|
you can get them by including @file{svr4.h}.
|
|
|
|
When arbitrary sections are available, there are two variants, depending
|
|
upon how the code in @file{crtstuff.c} is called. On systems that
|
|
support an @dfn{init} section which is executed at program startup,
|
|
parts of @file{crtstuff.c} are compiled into that section. The
|
|
program is linked by the @code{gcc} driver like this:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
ld -o @var{output_file} crtbegin.o @dots{} crtend.o -lgcc
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The head of a function (@code{__do_global_ctors}) appears in the init
|
|
section of @file{crtbegin.o}; the remainder of the function appears in
|
|
the init section of @file{crtend.o}. The linker will pull these two
|
|
parts of the section together, making a whole function. If any of the
|
|
user's object files linked into the middle of it contribute code, then that
|
|
code will be executed as part of the body of @code{__do_global_ctors}.
|
|
|
|
To use this variant, you must define the @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}
|
|
macro properly.
|
|
|
|
If no init section is available, do not define
|
|
@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}. Then @code{__do_global_ctors} is built into
|
|
the text section like all other functions, and resides in
|
|
@file{libgcc.a}. When GCC compiles any function called @code{main}, it
|
|
inserts a procedure call to @code{__main} as the first executable code
|
|
after the function prologue. The @code{__main} function, also defined
|
|
in @file{libgcc2.c}, simply calls @file{__do_global_ctors}.
|
|
|
|
In file formats that don't support arbitrary sections, there are again
|
|
two variants. In the simplest variant, the GNU linker (GNU @code{ld})
|
|
and an `a.out' format must be used. In this case,
|
|
@code{ASM_OUTPUT_CONSTRUCTOR} is defined to produce a @code{.stabs}
|
|
entry of type @samp{N_SETT}, referencing the name @code{__CTOR_LIST__},
|
|
and with the address of the void function containing the initialization
|
|
code as its value. The GNU linker recognizes this as a request to add
|
|
the value to a ``set''; the values are accumulated, and are eventually
|
|
placed in the executable as a vector in the format described above, with
|
|
a leading (ignored) count and a trailing zero element.
|
|
@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DESTRUCTOR} is handled similarly. Since no init
|
|
section is available, the absence of @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} causes
|
|
the compilation of @code{main} to call @code{__main} as above, starting
|
|
the initialization process.
|
|
|
|
The last variant uses neither arbitrary sections nor the GNU linker.
|
|
This is preferable when you want to do dynamic linking and when using
|
|
file formats which the GNU linker does not support, such as `ECOFF'. In
|
|
this case, @code{ASM_OUTPUT_CONSTRUCTOR} does not produce an
|
|
@code{N_SETT} symbol; initialization and termination functions are
|
|
recognized simply by their names. This requires an extra program in the
|
|
linkage step, called @code{collect2}. This program pretends to be the
|
|
linker, for use with GNU CC; it does its job by running the ordinary
|
|
linker, but also arranges to include the vectors of initialization and
|
|
termination functions. These functions are called via @code{__main} as
|
|
described above.
|
|
|
|
Choosing among these configuration options has been simplified by a set
|
|
of operating-system-dependent files in the @file{config} subdirectory.
|
|
These files define all of the relevant parameters. Usually it is
|
|
sufficient to include one into your specific machine-dependent
|
|
configuration file. These files are:
|
|
|
|
@table @file
|
|
@item aoutos.h
|
|
For operating systems using the `a.out' format.
|
|
|
|
@item next.h
|
|
For operating systems using the `MachO' format.
|
|
|
|
@item svr3.h
|
|
For System V Release 3 and similar systems using `COFF' format.
|
|
|
|
@item svr4.h
|
|
For System V Release 4 and similar systems using `ELF' format.
|
|
|
|
@item vms.h
|
|
For the VMS operating system.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
The following section describes the specific macros that control and
|
|
customize the handling of initialization and termination functions.
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
|
|
@node Macros for Initialization
|
|
@subsection Macros Controlling Initialization Routines
|
|
|
|
Here are the macros that control how the compiler handles initialization
|
|
and termination functions:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
|
@item INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
|
|
If defined, a C string constant for the assembler operation to identify
|
|
the following data as initialization code. If not defined, GNU CC will
|
|
assume such a section does not exist. When you are using special
|
|
sections for initialization and termination functions, this macro also
|
|
controls how @file{crtstuff.c} and @file{libgcc2.c} arrange to run the
|
|
initialization functions.
|
|
|
|
@item HAS_INIT_SECTION
|
|
@findex HAS_INIT_SECTION
|
|
If defined, @code{main} will not call @code{__main} as described above.
|
|
This macro should be defined for systems that control the contents of the
|
|
init section on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not
|
|
be defined explicitly for systems that support
|
|
@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
|
|
|
|
@item LD_INIT_SWITCH
|
|
@findex LD_INIT_SWITCH
|
|
If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
|
|
the following symbol is an initialization routine.
|
|
|
|
@item LD_FINI_SWITCH
|
|
@findex LD_FINI_SWITCH
|
|
If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
|
|
the following symbol is a finalization routine.
|
|
|
|
@item INVOKE__main
|
|
@findex INVOKE__main
|
|
If defined, @code{main} will call @code{__main} despite the presence of
|
|
@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}. This macro should be defined for systems
|
|
where the init section is not actually run automatically, but is still
|
|
useful for collecting the lists of constructors and destructors.
|
|
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_CONSTRUCTOR (@var{stream}, @var{name})
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_CONSTRUCTOR
|
|
Define this macro as a C statement to output on the stream @var{stream}
|
|
the assembler code to arrange to call the function named @var{name} at
|
|
initialization time.
|
|
|
|
Assume that @var{name} is the name of a C function generated
|
|
automatically by the compiler. This function takes no arguments. Use
|
|
the function @code{assemble_name} to output the name @var{name}; this
|
|
performs any system-specific syntactic transformations such as adding an
|
|
underscore.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output to arrange to
|
|
call the function. This is correct when the function will be called in
|
|
some other manner---for example, by means of the @code{collect2} program,
|
|
which looks through the symbol table to find these functions by their
|
|
names.
|
|
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_DESTRUCTOR (@var{stream}, @var{name})
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_DESTRUCTOR
|
|
This is like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination
|
|
functions rather than initialization functions.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
If your system uses @code{collect2} as the means of processing
|
|
constructors, then that program normally uses @code{nm} to scan an
|
|
object file for constructor functions to be called. On certain kinds of
|
|
systems, you can define these macros to make @code{collect2} work faster
|
|
(and, in some cases, make it work at all):
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF
|
|
@item OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF
|
|
Define this macro if the system uses COFF (Common Object File Format)
|
|
object files, so that @code{collect2} can assume this format and scan
|
|
object files directly for dynamic constructor/destructor functions.
|
|
|
|
@findex OBJECT_FORMAT_ROSE
|
|
@item OBJECT_FORMAT_ROSE
|
|
Define this macro if the system uses ROSE format object files, so that
|
|
@code{collect2} can assume this format and scan object files directly
|
|
for dynamic constructor/destructor functions.
|
|
|
|
These macros are effective only in a native compiler; @code{collect2} as
|
|
part of a cross compiler always uses @code{nm} for the target machine.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_NM_FILE_NAME
|
|
@item REAL_NM_FILE_NAME
|
|
Define this macro as a C string constant containing the file name to use
|
|
to execute @code{nm}. The default is to search the path normally for
|
|
@code{nm}.
|
|
|
|
If your system supports shared libraries and has a program to list the
|
|
dynamic dependencies of a given library or executable, you can define
|
|
these macros to enable support for running initialization and
|
|
termination functions in shared libraries:
|
|
|
|
@findex LDD_SUFFIX
|
|
@item LDD_SUFFIX
|
|
Define this macro to a C string constant containing the name of the
|
|
program which lists dynamic dependencies, like @code{"ldd"} under SunOS 4.
|
|
|
|
@findex PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT
|
|
@item PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT (@var{PTR})
|
|
Define this macro to be C code that extracts filenames from the output
|
|
of the program denoted by @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. @var{PTR} is a variable
|
|
of type @code{char *} that points to the beginning of a line of output
|
|
from @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. If the line lists a dynamic dependency, the
|
|
code must advance @var{PTR} to the beginning of the filename on that
|
|
line. Otherwise, it must set @var{PTR} to @code{NULL}.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Instruction Output
|
|
@subsection Output of Assembler Instructions
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
This describes assembler instruction output.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex REGISTER_NAMES
|
|
@item REGISTER_NAMES
|
|
A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine
|
|
registers, each one as a C string constant. This is what translates
|
|
register numbers in the compiler into assembler language.
|
|
|
|
@findex ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
|
|
@item ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
|
|
If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a name
|
|
and a register number. This macro defines additional names for hard
|
|
registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in declarations to refer
|
|
to registers using alternate names.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE (@var{stream}, @var{ptr})
|
|
Define this macro if you are using an unusual assembler that
|
|
requires different names for the machine instructions.
|
|
|
|
The definition is a C statement or statements which output an
|
|
assembler instruction opcode to the stdio stream @var{stream}. The
|
|
macro-operand @var{ptr} is a variable of type @code{char *} which
|
|
points to the opcode name in its ``internal'' form---the form that is
|
|
written in the machine description. The definition should output the
|
|
opcode name to @var{stream}, performing any translation you desire, and
|
|
increment the variable @var{ptr} to point at the end of the opcode
|
|
so that it will not be output twice.
|
|
|
|
In fact, your macro definition may process less than the entire opcode
|
|
name, or more than the opcode name; but if you want to process text
|
|
that includes @samp{%}-sequences to substitute operands, you must take
|
|
care of the substitution yourself. Just be sure to increment
|
|
@var{ptr} over whatever text should not be output normally.
|
|
|
|
@findex recog_operand
|
|
If you need to look at the operand values, they can be found as the
|
|
elements of @code{recog_operand}.
|
|
|
|
If the macro definition does nothing, the instruction is output
|
|
in the usual way.
|
|
|
|
@findex FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN
|
|
@item FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN (@var{insn}, @var{opvec}, @var{noperands})
|
|
If defined, a C statement to be executed just prior to the output of
|
|
assembler code for @var{insn}, to modify the extracted operands so
|
|
they will be output differently.
|
|
|
|
Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands
|
|
extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of
|
|
elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.
|
|
The contents of this vector are what will be used to convert the insn
|
|
template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler output
|
|
by changing the contents of the vector.
|
|
|
|
This macro is useful when various assembler syntaxes share a single
|
|
file of instruction patterns; by defining this macro differently, you
|
|
can cause a large class of instructions to be output differently (such
|
|
as with rearranged operands). Naturally, variations in assembler
|
|
syntax affecting individual insn patterns ought to be handled by
|
|
writing conditional output routines in those patterns.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, it is equivalent to a null statement.
|
|
|
|
@findex PRINT_OPERAND
|
|
@item PRINT_OPERAND (@var{stream}, @var{x}, @var{code})
|
|
A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
|
|
assembler syntax for an instruction operand @var{x}. @var{x} is an
|
|
RTL expression.
|
|
|
|
@var{code} is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways
|
|
of printing the operand. It is used when identical operands must be
|
|
printed differently depending on the context. @var{code} comes from
|
|
the @samp{%} specification that was used to request printing of the
|
|
operand. If the specification was just @samp{%@var{digit}} then
|
|
@var{code} is 0; if the specification was @samp{%@var{ltr}
|
|
@var{digit}} then @var{code} is the ASCII code for @var{ltr}.
|
|
|
|
@findex reg_names
|
|
If @var{x} is a register, this macro should print the register's name.
|
|
The names can be found in an array @code{reg_names} whose type is
|
|
@code{char *[]}. @code{reg_names} is initialized from
|
|
@code{REGISTER_NAMES}.
|
|
|
|
When the machine description has a specification @samp{%@var{punct}}
|
|
(a @samp{%} followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called
|
|
with a null pointer for @var{x} and the punctuation character for
|
|
@var{code}.
|
|
|
|
@findex PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P
|
|
@item PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P (@var{code})
|
|
A C expression which evaluates to true if @var{code} is a valid
|
|
punctuation character for use in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro. If
|
|
@code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} is not defined, it means that no
|
|
punctuation characters (except for the standard one, @samp{%}) are used
|
|
in this way.
|
|
|
|
@findex PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS
|
|
@item PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS (@var{stream}, @var{x})
|
|
A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
|
|
assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory reference
|
|
whose address is @var{x}. @var{x} is an RTL expression.
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} usage
|
|
On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the
|
|
section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the macro
|
|
@code{ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information into the
|
|
@code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. @xref{Assembler Format}.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND
|
|
@findex dbr_sequence_length
|
|
@item DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND(@var{file})
|
|
A C statement, to be executed after all slot-filler instructions have
|
|
been output. If necessary, call @code{dbr_sequence_length} to
|
|
determine the number of slots filled in a sequence (zero if not
|
|
currently outputting a sequence), to decide how many no-ops to output,
|
|
or whatever.
|
|
|
|
Don't define this macro if it has nothing to do, but it is helpful in
|
|
reading assembly output if the extent of the delay sequence is made
|
|
explicit (e.g. with white space).
|
|
|
|
@findex final_sequence
|
|
Note that output routines for instructions with delay slots must be
|
|
prepared to deal with not being output as part of a sequence (i.e.
|
|
when the scheduling pass is not run, or when no slot fillers could be
|
|
found.) The variable @code{final_sequence} is null when not
|
|
processing a sequence, otherwise it contains the @code{sequence} rtx
|
|
being output.
|
|
|
|
@findex REGISTER_PREFIX
|
|
@findex LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
|
|
@findex USER_LABEL_PREFIX
|
|
@findex IMMEDIATE_PREFIX
|
|
@findex asm_fprintf
|
|
@item REGISTER_PREFIX
|
|
@itemx LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
|
|
@itemx USER_LABEL_PREFIX
|
|
@itemx IMMEDIATE_PREFIX
|
|
If defined, C string expressions to be used for the @samp{%R}, @samp{%L},
|
|
@samp{%U}, and @samp{%I} options of @code{asm_fprintf} (see
|
|
@file{final.c}). These are useful when a single @file{md} file must
|
|
support multiple assembler formats. In that case, the various @file{tm.h}
|
|
files can define these macros differently.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASSEMBLER_DIALECT
|
|
@item ASSEMBLER_DIALECT
|
|
If your target supports multiple dialects of assembler language (such as
|
|
different opcodes), define this macro as a C expression that gives the
|
|
numeric index of the assembler language dialect to use, with zero as the
|
|
first variant.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is defined, you may use
|
|
@samp{@{option0|option1|option2@dots{}@}} constructs in the output
|
|
templates of patterns (@pxref{Output Template}) or in the first argument
|
|
of @code{asm_fprintf}. This construct outputs @samp{option0},
|
|
@samp{option1} or @samp{option2}, etc., if the value of
|
|
@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is zero, one or two, etc. Any special
|
|
characters within these strings retain their usual meaning.
|
|
|
|
If you do not define this macro, the characters @samp{@{}, @samp{|} and
|
|
@samp{@}} do not have any special meaning when used in templates or
|
|
operands to @code{asm_fprintf}.
|
|
|
|
Define the macros @code{REGISTER_PREFIX}, @code{LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX},
|
|
@code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX} and @code{IMMEDIATE_PREFIX} if you can express
|
|
the variations in assemble language syntax with that mechanism. Define
|
|
@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} and use the @samp{@{option0|option1@}} syntax
|
|
if the syntax variant are larger and involve such things as different
|
|
opcodes or operand order.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
|
|
A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
|
|
which will push hard register number @var{regno} onto the stack.
|
|
The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
|
|
profiling.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
|
|
A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
|
|
which will pop hard register number @var{regno} off of the stack.
|
|
The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
|
|
profiling.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Dispatch Tables
|
|
@subsection Output of Dispatch Tables
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
This concerns dispatch tables.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@cindex dispatch table
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{value}, @var{rel})
|
|
This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses
|
|
in a dispatch table are relative to the table's own address.
|
|
|
|
The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a difference
|
|
between two labels. @var{value} and @var{rel} are the numbers of two
|
|
internal labels. The definitions of these labels are output using
|
|
@code{ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL}, and they must be printed in the same
|
|
way here. For example,
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n",
|
|
@var{value}, @var{rel})
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
|
|
This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses
|
|
in a dispatch table are absolute.
|
|
|
|
The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to
|
|
a label. @var{value} is the number of an internal label whose
|
|
definition is output using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL}.
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d\n", @var{value})
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}, @var{table})
|
|
Define this if the label before a jump-table needs to be output
|
|
specially. The first three arguments are the same as for
|
|
@code{ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL}; the fourth argument is the
|
|
jump-table which follows (a @code{jump_insn} containing an
|
|
@code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec}).
|
|
|
|
This feature is used on system V to output a @code{swbeg} statement
|
|
for the table.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, these labels are output with
|
|
@code{ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL}.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END (@var{stream}, @var{num}, @var{table})
|
|
Define this if something special must be output at the end of a
|
|
jump-table. The definition should be a C statement to be executed
|
|
after the assembler code for the table is written. It should write
|
|
the appropriate code to stdio stream @var{stream}. The argument
|
|
@var{table} is the jump-table insn, and @var{num} is the label-number
|
|
of the preceding label.
|
|
|
|
If this macro is not defined, nothing special is output at the end of
|
|
the jump-table.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Alignment Output
|
|
@subsection Assembler Commands for Alignment
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
This describes commands for alignment.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_CODE
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_CODE (@var{file})
|
|
A C expression to output text to align the location counter in the way
|
|
that is desirable at a point in the code that is reached only by
|
|
jumping.
|
|
|
|
This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
|
|
to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
|
|
define the macro.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_LOOP_ALIGN
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_LOOP_ALIGN (@var{file})
|
|
A C expression to output text to align the location counter in the way
|
|
that is desirable at the beginning of a loop.
|
|
|
|
This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
|
|
to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
|
|
define the macro.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (@var{stream}, @var{nbytes})
|
|
A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
|
|
instruction to advance the location counter by @var{nbytes} bytes.
|
|
Those bytes should be zero when loaded. @var{nbytes} will be a C
|
|
expression of type @code{int}.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
|
|
@item ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
|
|
Define this macro if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} should not be used in the
|
|
text section because it fails put zeros in the bytes that are skipped.
|
|
This is true on many Unix systems, where the pseudo--op to skip bytes
|
|
produces no-op instructions rather than zeros when used in the text
|
|
section.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN
|
|
@item ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power})
|
|
A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
|
|
command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
|
|
@var{power} bytes. @var{power} will be a C expression of type @code{int}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@need 3000
|
|
@node Debugging Info
|
|
@section Controlling Debugging Information Format
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
This describes how to specify debugging information.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* All Debuggers:: Macros that affect all debugging formats uniformly.
|
|
* DBX Options:: Macros enabling specific options in DBX format.
|
|
* DBX Hooks:: Hook macros for varying DBX format.
|
|
* File Names and DBX:: Macros controlling output of file names in DBX format.
|
|
* SDB and DWARF:: Macros for SDB (COFF) and DWARF formats.
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node All Debuggers
|
|
@subsection Macros Affecting All Debugging Formats
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
These macros affect all debugging formats.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER
|
|
@item DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})
|
|
A C expression that returns the DBX register number for the compiler
|
|
register number @var{regno}. In simple cases, the value of this
|
|
expression may be @var{regno} itself. But sometimes there are some
|
|
registers that the compiler knows about and DBX does not, or vice
|
|
versa. In such cases, some register may need to have one number in
|
|
the compiler and another for DBX.
|
|
|
|
If two registers have consecutive numbers inside GNU CC, and they can be
|
|
used as a pair to hold a multiword value, then they @emph{must} have
|
|
consecutive numbers after renumbering with @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER}.
|
|
Otherwise, debuggers will be unable to access such a pair, because they
|
|
expect register pairs to be consecutive in their own numbering scheme.
|
|
|
|
If you find yourself defining @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER} in way that
|
|
does not preserve register pairs, then what you must do instead is
|
|
redefine the actual register numbering scheme.
|
|
|
|
@findex DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET
|
|
@item DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET (@var{x})
|
|
A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an automatic
|
|
variable having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The default
|
|
computation assumes that @var{x} is based on the frame-pointer and
|
|
gives the offset from the frame-pointer. This is required for targets
|
|
that produce debugging output for DBX or COFF-style debugging output
|
|
for SDB and allow the frame-pointer to be eliminated when the
|
|
@samp{-g} options is used.
|
|
|
|
@findex DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET
|
|
@item DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET (@var{offset}, @var{x})
|
|
A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an argument
|
|
having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The nominal offset is
|
|
@var{offset}.
|
|
|
|
@findex PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
|
|
@item PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
|
|
A C expression that returns the type of debugging output GNU CC produces
|
|
when the user specifies @samp{-g} or @samp{-ggdb}. Define this if you
|
|
have arranged for GNU CC to support more than one format of debugging
|
|
output. Currently, the allowable values are @code{DBX_DEBUG},
|
|
@code{SDB_DEBUG}, @code{DWARF_DEBUG}, and @code{XCOFF_DEBUG}.
|
|
|
|
The value of this macro only affects the default debugging output; the
|
|
user can always get a specific type of output by using @samp{-gstabs},
|
|
@samp{-gcoff}, @samp{-gdwarf}, or @samp{-gxcoff}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node DBX Options
|
|
@subsection Specific Options for DBX Output
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
These are specific options for DBX output.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
|
@item DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
|
Define this macro if GNU CC should produce debugging output for DBX
|
|
in response to the @samp{-g} option.
|
|
|
|
@findex XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
|
@item XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
|
Define this macro if GNU CC should produce XCOFF format debugging output
|
|
in response to the @samp{-g} option. This is a variant of DBX format.
|
|
|
|
@findex DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS
|
|
@item DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS
|
|
Define this macro to control whether GNU CC should by default generate
|
|
GDB's extended version of DBX debugging information (assuming DBX-format
|
|
debugging information is enabled at all). If you don't define the
|
|
macro, the default is 1: always generate the extended information
|
|
if there is any occasion to.
|
|
|
|
@findex DEBUG_SYMS_TEXT
|
|
@item DEBUG_SYMS_TEXT
|
|
Define this macro if all @code{.stabs} commands should be output while
|
|
in the text section.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_STABS_OP
|
|
@item ASM_STABS_OP
|
|
A C string constant naming the assembler pseudo op to use instead of
|
|
@code{.stabs} to define an ordinary debugging symbol. If you don't
|
|
define this macro, @code{.stabs} is used. This macro applies only to
|
|
DBX debugging information format.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_STABD_OP
|
|
@item ASM_STABD_OP
|
|
A C string constant naming the assembler pseudo op to use instead of
|
|
@code{.stabd} to define a debugging symbol whose value is the current
|
|
location. If you don't define this macro, @code{.stabd} is used.
|
|
This macro applies only to DBX debugging information format.
|
|
|
|
@findex ASM_STABN_OP
|
|
@item ASM_STABN_OP
|
|
A C string constant naming the assembler pseudo op to use instead of
|
|
@code{.stabn} to define a debugging symbol with no name. If you don't
|
|
define this macro, @code{.stabn} is used. This macro applies only to
|
|
DBX debugging information format.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_NO_XREFS
|
|
@item DBX_NO_XREFS
|
|
Define this macro if DBX on your system does not support the construct
|
|
@samp{xs@var{tagname}}. On some systems, this construct is used to
|
|
describe a forward reference to a structure named @var{tagname}.
|
|
On other systems, this construct is not supported at all.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH
|
|
@item DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH
|
|
A symbol name in DBX-format debugging information is normally
|
|
continued (split into two separate @code{.stabs} directives) when it
|
|
exceeds a certain length (by default, 80 characters). On some
|
|
operating systems, DBX requires this splitting; on others, splitting
|
|
must not be done. You can inhibit splitting by defining this macro
|
|
with the value zero. You can override the default splitting-length by
|
|
defining this macro as an expression for the length you desire.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_CONTIN_CHAR
|
|
@item DBX_CONTIN_CHAR
|
|
Normally continuation is indicated by adding a @samp{\} character to
|
|
the end of a @code{.stabs} string when a continuation follows. To use
|
|
a different character instead, define this macro as a character
|
|
constant for the character you want to use. Do not define this macro
|
|
if backslash is correct for your system.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_STATIC_STAB_DATA_SECTION
|
|
@item DBX_STATIC_STAB_DATA_SECTION
|
|
Define this macro if it is necessary to go to the data section before
|
|
outputting the @samp{.stabs} pseudo-op for a non-global static
|
|
variable.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_TYPE_DECL_STABS_CODE
|
|
@item DBX_TYPE_DECL_STABS_CODE
|
|
The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
|
|
for a typedef. The default is @code{N_LSYM}.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_STATIC_CONST_VAR_CODE
|
|
@item DBX_STATIC_CONST_VAR_CODE
|
|
The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
|
|
for a static variable located in the text section. DBX format does not
|
|
provide any ``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_FUN}.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_REGPARM_STABS_CODE
|
|
@item DBX_REGPARM_STABS_CODE
|
|
The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
|
|
for a parameter passed in registers. DBX format does not provide any
|
|
``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_RSYM}.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_REGPARM_STABS_LETTER
|
|
@item DBX_REGPARM_STABS_LETTER
|
|
The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a parameter
|
|
passed in registers. DBX format does not customarily provide any way to
|
|
do this. The default is @code{'P'}.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_MEMPARM_STABS_LETTER
|
|
@item DBX_MEMPARM_STABS_LETTER
|
|
The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a stack
|
|
parameter. The default is @code{'p'}.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST
|
|
@item DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST
|
|
Define this macro if the DBX information for a function and its
|
|
arguments should precede the assembler code for the function. Normally,
|
|
in DBX format, the debugging information entirely follows the assembler
|
|
code.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_LBRAC_FIRST
|
|
@item DBX_LBRAC_FIRST
|
|
Define this macro if the @code{N_LBRAC} symbol for a block should
|
|
precede the debugging information for variables and functions defined in
|
|
that block. Normally, in DBX format, the @code{N_LBRAC} symbol comes
|
|
first.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
|
|
@item DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
|
|
Define this macro if the value of a symbol describing the scope of a
|
|
block (@code{N_LBRAC} or @code{N_RBRAC}) should be relative to the start
|
|
of the enclosing function. Normally, GNU C uses an absolute address.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node DBX Hooks
|
|
@subsection Open-Ended Hooks for DBX Format
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
These are hooks for DBX format.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex DBX_OUTPUT_LBRAC
|
|
@item DBX_OUTPUT_LBRAC (@var{stream}, @var{name})
|
|
Define this macro to say how to output to @var{stream} the debugging
|
|
information for the start of a scope level for variable names. The
|
|
argument @var{name} is the name of an assembler symbol (for use with
|
|
@code{assemble_name}) whose value is the address where the scope begins.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_OUTPUT_RBRAC
|
|
@item DBX_OUTPUT_RBRAC (@var{stream}, @var{name})
|
|
Like @code{DBX_OUTPUT_LBRAC}, but for the end of a scope level.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_OUTPUT_ENUM
|
|
@item DBX_OUTPUT_ENUM (@var{stream}, @var{type})
|
|
Define this macro if the target machine requires special handling to
|
|
output an enumeration type. The definition should be a C statement
|
|
(sans semicolon) to output the appropriate information to @var{stream}
|
|
for the type @var{type}.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_END
|
|
@item DBX_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_END (@var{stream}, @var{function})
|
|
Define this macro if the target machine requires special output at the
|
|
end of the debugging information for a function. The definition should
|
|
be a C statement (sans semicolon) to output the appropriate information
|
|
to @var{stream}. @var{function} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} node for
|
|
the function.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_OUTPUT_STANDARD_TYPES
|
|
@item DBX_OUTPUT_STANDARD_TYPES (@var{syms})
|
|
Define this macro if you need to control the order of output of the
|
|
standard data types at the beginning of compilation. The argument
|
|
@var{syms} is a @code{tree} which is a chain of all the predefined
|
|
global symbols, including names of data types.
|
|
|
|
Normally, DBX output starts with definitions of the types for integers
|
|
and characters, followed by all the other predefined types of the
|
|
particular language in no particular order.
|
|
|
|
On some machines, it is necessary to output different particular types
|
|
first. To do this, define @code{DBX_OUTPUT_STANDARD_TYPES} to output
|
|
those symbols in the necessary order. Any predefined types that you
|
|
don't explicitly output will be output afterward in no particular order.
|
|
|
|
Be careful not to define this macro so that it works only for C. There
|
|
are no global variables to access most of the built-in types, because
|
|
another language may have another set of types. The way to output a
|
|
particular type is to look through @var{syms} to see if you can find it.
|
|
Here is an example:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@{
|
|
tree decl;
|
|
for (decl = syms; decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
|
|
if (!strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl)),
|
|
"long int"))
|
|
dbxout_symbol (decl);
|
|
@dots{}
|
|
@}
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
This does nothing if the expected type does not exist.
|
|
|
|
See the function @code{init_decl_processing} in @file{c-decl.c} to find
|
|
the names to use for all the built-in C types.
|
|
|
|
Here is another way of finding a particular type:
|
|
|
|
@c this is still overfull. --mew 10feb93
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@{
|
|
tree decl;
|
|
for (decl = syms; decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL
|
|
&& (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
|
|
== INTEGER_CST)
|
|
&& TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == 16
|
|
&& TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
|
|
@group
|
|
/* @r{This must be @code{unsigned short}.} */
|
|
dbxout_symbol (decl);
|
|
@dots{}
|
|
@}
|
|
@end group
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node File Names and DBX
|
|
@subsection File Names in DBX Format
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
This describes file names in DBX format.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex DBX_WORKING_DIRECTORY
|
|
@item DBX_WORKING_DIRECTORY
|
|
Define this if DBX wants to have the current directory recorded in each
|
|
object file.
|
|
|
|
Note that the working directory is always recorded if GDB extensions are
|
|
enabled.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME
|
|
@item DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
|
|
A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} which indicates that file @var{name} is the main source
|
|
file---the file specified as the input file for compilation.
|
|
This macro is called only once, at the beginning of compilation.
|
|
|
|
This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
|
|
for DBX debugging information is appropriate.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_DIRECTORY
|
|
@item DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_DIRECTORY (@var{stream}, @var{name})
|
|
A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} which indicates that the current directory during
|
|
compilation is named @var{name}.
|
|
|
|
This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
|
|
for DBX debugging information is appropriate.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END
|
|
@item DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END (@var{stream}, @var{name})
|
|
A C statement to output DBX debugging information at the end of
|
|
compilation of the main source file @var{name}.
|
|
|
|
If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output at the end
|
|
of compilation, which is correct for most machines.
|
|
|
|
@findex DBX_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
|
|
@item DBX_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
|
|
A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream
|
|
@var{stream} which indicates that file @var{name} is the current source
|
|
file. This output is generated each time input shifts to a different
|
|
source file as a result of @samp{#include}, the end of an included file,
|
|
or a @samp{#line} command.
|
|
|
|
This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
|
|
for DBX debugging information is appropriate.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@need 2000
|
|
@node SDB and DWARF
|
|
@subsection Macros for SDB and DWARF Output
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
Here are macros for SDB and DWARF output.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
|
@item SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
|
Define this macro if GNU CC should produce COFF-style debugging output
|
|
for SDB in response to the @samp{-g} option.
|
|
|
|
@findex DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
|
@item DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|
|
Define this macro if GNU CC should produce dwarf format debugging output
|
|
in response to the @samp{-g} option.
|
|
|
|
@findex PUT_SDB_@dots{}
|
|
@item PUT_SDB_@dots{}
|
|
Define these macros to override the assembler syntax for the special
|
|
SDB assembler directives. See @file{sdbout.c} for a list of these
|
|
macros and their arguments. If the standard syntax is used, you need
|
|
not define them yourself.
|
|
|
|
@findex SDB_DELIM
|
|
@item SDB_DELIM
|
|
Some assemblers do not support a semicolon as a delimiter, even between
|
|
SDB assembler directives. In that case, define this macro to be the
|
|
delimiter to use (usually @samp{\n}). It is not necessary to define
|
|
a new set of @code{PUT_SDB_@var{op}} macros if this is the only change
|
|
required.
|
|
|
|
@findex SDB_GENERATE_FAKE
|
|
@item SDB_GENERATE_FAKE
|
|
Define this macro to override the usual method of constructing a dummy
|
|
name for anonymous structure and union types. See @file{sdbout.c} for
|
|
more information.
|
|
|
|
@findex SDB_ALLOW_UNKNOWN_REFERENCES
|
|
@item SDB_ALLOW_UNKNOWN_REFERENCES
|
|
Define this macro to allow references to unknown structure,
|
|
union, or enumeration tags to be emitted. Standard COFF does not
|
|
allow handling of unknown references, MIPS ECOFF has support for
|
|
it.
|
|
|
|
@findex SDB_ALLOW_FORWARD_REFERENCES
|
|
@item SDB_ALLOW_FORWARD_REFERENCES
|
|
Define this macro to allow references to structure, union, or
|
|
enumeration tags that have not yet been seen to be handled. Some
|
|
assemblers choke if forward tags are used, while some require it.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Cross-compilation
|
|
@section Cross Compilation and Floating Point
|
|
@cindex cross compilation and floating point
|
|
@cindex floating point and cross compilation
|
|
|
|
While all modern machines use 2's complement representation for integers,
|
|
there are a variety of representations for floating point numbers. This
|
|
means that in a cross-compiler the representation of floating point numbers
|
|
in the compiled program may be different from that used in the machine
|
|
doing the compilation.
|
|
|
|
@findex atof
|
|
Because different representation systems may offer different amounts of
|
|
range and precision, the cross compiler cannot safely use the host
|
|
machine's floating point arithmetic. Therefore, floating point constants
|
|
must be represented in the target machine's format. This means that the
|
|
cross compiler cannot use @code{atof} to parse a floating point constant;
|
|
it must have its own special routine to use instead. Also, constant
|
|
folding must emulate the target machine's arithmetic (or must not be done
|
|
at all).
|
|
|
|
The macros in the following table should be defined only if you are cross
|
|
compiling between different floating point formats.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, don't define them. Then default definitions will be set up which
|
|
use @code{double} as the data type, @code{==} to test for equality, etc.
|
|
|
|
You don't need to worry about how many times you use an operand of any
|
|
of these macros. The compiler never uses operands which have side effects.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_TYPE
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_TYPE
|
|
A macro for the C data type to be used to hold a floating point value
|
|
in the target machine's format. Typically this would be a
|
|
@code{struct} containing an array of @code{int}.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUES_EQUAL
|
|
@item REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (@var{x}, @var{y})
|
|
A macro for a C expression which compares for equality the two values,
|
|
@var{x} and @var{y}, both of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUES_LESS
|
|
@item REAL_VALUES_LESS (@var{x}, @var{y})
|
|
A macro for a C expression which tests whether @var{x} is less than
|
|
@var{y}, both values being of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} and
|
|
interpreted as floating point numbers in the target machine's
|
|
representation.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_LDEXP
|
|
@findex ldexp
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_LDEXP (@var{x}, @var{scale})
|
|
A macro for a C expression which performs the standard library
|
|
function @code{ldexp}, but using the target machine's floating point
|
|
representation. Both @var{x} and the value of the expression have
|
|
type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}. The second argument, @var{scale}, is an
|
|
integer.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_FIX
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_FIX (@var{x})
|
|
A macro whose definition is a C expression to convert the target-machine
|
|
floating point value @var{x} to a signed integer. @var{x} has type
|
|
@code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX (@var{x})
|
|
A macro whose definition is a C expression to convert the target-machine
|
|
floating point value @var{x} to an unsigned integer. @var{x} has type
|
|
@code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_RNDZINT
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_RNDZINT (@var{x})
|
|
A macro whose definition is a C expression to round the target-machine
|
|
floating point value @var{x} towards zero to an integer value (but still
|
|
as a floating point number). @var{x} has type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE},
|
|
and so does the value.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_RNDZINT
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_RNDZINT (@var{x})
|
|
A macro whose definition is a C expression to round the target-machine
|
|
floating point value @var{x} towards zero to an unsigned integer value
|
|
(but still represented as a floating point number). @var{x} has type
|
|
@code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, and so does the value.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_ATOF
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_ATOF (@var{string}, @var{mode})
|
|
A macro for a C expression which converts @var{string}, an expression of
|
|
type @code{char *}, into a floating point number in the target machine's
|
|
representation for mode @var{mode}. The value has type
|
|
@code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_INFINITY
|
|
@item REAL_INFINITY
|
|
Define this macro if infinity is a possible floating point value, and
|
|
therefore division by 0 is legitimate.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_ISINF
|
|
@findex isinf
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_ISINF (@var{x})
|
|
A macro for a C expression which determines whether @var{x}, a floating
|
|
point value, is infinity. The value has type @code{int}.
|
|
By default, this is defined to call @code{isinf}.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_ISNAN
|
|
@findex isnan
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (@var{x})
|
|
A macro for a C expression which determines whether @var{x}, a floating
|
|
point value, is a ``nan'' (not-a-number). The value has type
|
|
@code{int}. By default, this is defined to call @code{isnan}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@cindex constant folding and floating point
|
|
Define the following additional macros if you want to make floating
|
|
point constant folding work while cross compiling. If you don't
|
|
define them, cross compilation is still possible, but constant folding
|
|
will not happen for floating point values.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@findex REAL_ARITHMETIC
|
|
@item REAL_ARITHMETIC (@var{output}, @var{code}, @var{x}, @var{y})
|
|
A macro for a C statement which calculates an arithmetic operation of
|
|
the two floating point values @var{x} and @var{y}, both of type
|
|
@code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} in the target machine's representation, to
|
|
produce a result of the same type and representation which is stored
|
|
in @var{output} (which will be a variable).
|
|
|
|
The operation to be performed is specified by @var{code}, a tree code
|
|
which will always be one of the following: @code{PLUS_EXPR},
|
|
@code{MINUS_EXPR}, @code{MULT_EXPR}, @code{RDIV_EXPR},
|
|
@code{MAX_EXPR}, @code{MIN_EXPR}.@refill
|
|
|
|
@cindex overflow while constant folding
|
|
The expansion of this macro is responsible for checking for overflow.
|
|
If overflow happens, the macro expansion should execute the statement
|
|
@code{return 0;}, which indicates the inability to perform the
|
|
arithmetic operation requested.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_NEGATE
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (@var{x})
|
|
A macro for a C expression which returns the negative of the floating
|
|
point value @var{x}. Both @var{x} and the value of the expression
|
|
have type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} and are in the target machine's
|
|
floating point representation.
|
|
|
|
There is no way for this macro to report overflow, since overflow
|
|
can't happen in the negation operation.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_TRUNCATE
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_TRUNCATE (@var{mode}, @var{x})
|
|
A macro for a C expression which converts the floating point value
|
|
@var{x} to mode @var{mode}.
|
|
|
|
Both @var{x} and the value of the expression are in the target machine's
|
|
floating point representation and have type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}.
|
|
However, the value should have an appropriate bit pattern to be output
|
|
properly as a floating constant whose precision accords with mode
|
|
@var{mode}.
|
|
|
|
There is no way for this macro to report overflow.
|
|
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_TO_INT
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_TO_INT (@var{low}, @var{high}, @var{x})
|
|
A macro for a C expression which converts a floating point value
|
|
@var{x} into a double-precision integer which is then stored into
|
|
@var{low} and @var{high}, two variables of type @var{int}.
|
|
|
|
@item REAL_VALUE_FROM_INT (@var{x}, @var{low}, @var{high})
|
|
@findex REAL_VALUE_FROM_INT
|
|
A macro for a C expression which converts a double-precision integer
|
|
found in @var{low} and @var{high}, two variables of type @var{int},
|
|
into a floating point value which is then stored into @var{x}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@node Misc
|
|
@section Miscellaneous Parameters
|
|
@cindex parameters, miscellaneous
|
|
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
|
Here are several miscellaneous parameters.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item PREDICATE_CODES
|
|
@findex PREDICATE_CODES
|
|
Define this if you have defined special-purpose predicates in the file
|
|
@file{@var{machine}.c}. This macro is called within an initializer of an
|
|
array of structures. The first field in the structure is the name of a
|
|
predicate and the second field is an array of rtl codes. For each
|
|
predicate, list all rtl codes that can be in expressions matched by the
|
|
predicate. The list should have a trailing comma. Here is an example
|
|
of two entries in the list for a typical RISC machine:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
#define PREDICATE_CODES \
|
|
@{"gen_reg_rtx_operand", @{SUBREG, REG@}@}, \
|
|
@{"reg_or_short_cint_operand", @{SUBREG, REG, CONST_INT@}@},
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
Defining this macro does not affect the generated code (however,
|
|
incorrect definitions that omit an rtl code that may be matched by the
|
|
predicate can cause the compiler to malfunction). Instead, it allows
|
|
the table built by @file{genrecog} to be more compact and efficient,
|
|
thus speeding up the compiler. The most important predicates to include
|
|
in the list specified by this macro are thoses used in the most insn
|
|
patterns.
|
|
|
|
@findex CASE_VECTOR_MODE
|
|
@item CASE_VECTOR_MODE
|
|
An alias for a machine mode name. This is the machine mode that
|
|
elements of a jump-table should have.
|
|
|
|
@findex CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE
|
|
@item CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE
|
|
Define this macro if jump-tables should contain relative addresses.
|
|
|
|
@findex CASE_DROPS_THROUGH
|
|
@item CASE_DROPS_THROUGH
|
|
Define this if control falls through a @code{case} insn when the index
|
|
value is out of range. This means the specified default-label is
|
|
actually ignored by the @code{case} insn proper.
|
|
|
|
@findex CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD
|
|
@item CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD
|
|
Define this to be the smallest number of different values for which it
|
|
is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.
|
|
The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and
|
|
five otherwise. This is best for most machines.
|
|
|
|
@findex WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
|
|
@item WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
|
|
Define this macro if operations between registers with integral mode
|
|
smaller than a word are always performed on the entire register.
|
|
Most RISC machines have this property and most CISC machines do not.
|
|
|
|
@findex LOAD_EXTEND_OP
|
|
@item LOAD_EXTEND_OP (@var{mode})
|
|
Define this macro to be a C expression indicating when insns that read
|
|
memory in @var{mode}, an integral mode narrower than a word, set the
|
|
bits outside of @var{mode} to be either the sign-extension or the
|
|
zero-extension of the data read. Return @code{SIGN_EXTEND} for values
|
|
of @var{mode} for which the
|
|
insn sign-extends, @code{ZERO_EXTEND} for which it zero-extends, and
|
|
@code{NIL} for other modes.
|
|
|
|
This macro is not called with @var{mode} non-integral or with a width
|
|
greater than or equal to @code{BITS_PER_WORD}, so you may return any
|
|
value in this case. Do not define this macro if it would always return
|
|
@code{NIL}. On machines where this macro is defined, you will normally
|
|
define it as the constant @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{ZERO_EXTEND}.
|
|
|
|
@findex IMPLICIT_FIX_EXPR
|
|
@item IMPLICIT_FIX_EXPR
|
|
An alias for a tree code that should be used by default for conversion
|
|
of floating point values to fixed point. Normally,
|
|
@code{FIX_ROUND_EXPR} is used.@refill
|
|
|
|
@findex FIXUNS_TRUNC_LIKE_FIX_TRUNC
|
|
@item FIXUNS_TRUNC_LIKE_FIX_TRUNC
|
|
Define this macro if the same instructions that convert a floating
|
|
point number to a signed fixed point number also convert validly to an
|
|
unsigned one.
|
|
|
|
@findex EASY_DIV_EXPR
|
|
@item EASY_DIV_EXPR
|
|
An alias for a tree code that is the easiest kind of division to
|
|
compile code for in the general case. It may be
|
|
@code{TRUNC_DIV_EXPR}, @code{FLOOR_DIV_EXPR}, @code{CEIL_DIV_EXPR} or
|
|
@code{ROUND_DIV_EXPR}. These four division operators differ in how
|
|
they round the result to an integer. @code{EASY_DIV_EXPR} is used
|
|
when it is permissible to use any of those kinds of division and the
|
|
choice should be made on the basis of efficiency.@refill
|
|
|
|
@findex MOVE_MAX
|
|
@item MOVE_MAX
|
|
The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
|
|
from memory to memory.
|
|
|
|
@findex MAX_MOVE_MAX
|
|
@item MAX_MOVE_MAX
|
|
The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
|
|
from memory to memory. If this is undefined, the default is
|
|
@code{MOVE_MAX}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
|
|
largest value that @code{MOVE_MAX} can have at run-time.
|
|
|
|
@findex SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
|
|
@item SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
|
|
A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits
|
|
actually used for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number
|
|
of bits needed to represent the size of the object being shifted. When
|
|
this macro is non-zero, the compiler will assume that it is safe to omit
|
|
a sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise `and' instructions that
|
|
truncates the count of a shift operation. On machines that have
|
|
instructions that act on bitfields at variable positions, which may
|
|
include `bit test' instructions, a nonzero @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}
|
|
also enables deletion of truncations of the values that serve as
|
|
arguments to bitfield instructions.
|
|
|
|
If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and
|
|
position (for bitfield operations), or if no variable-position bitfield
|
|
instructions exist, you should define this macro.
|
|
|
|
However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation
|
|
only applies to shift operations and not the (real or pretended)
|
|
bitfield operations. Define @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} to be zero on
|
|
such machines. Instead, add patterns to the @file{md} file that include
|
|
the implied truncation of the shift instructions.
|
|
|
|
You need not define this macro if it would always have the value of zero.
|
|
|
|
@findex TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION
|
|
@item TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (@var{outprec}, @var{inprec})
|
|
A C expression which is nonzero if on this machine it is safe to
|
|
``convert'' an integer of @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec}
|
|
bits (where @var{outprec} is smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely
|
|
operating on it as if it had only @var{outprec} bits.
|
|
|
|
On many machines, this expression can be 1.
|
|
|
|
@c rearranged this, removed the phrase "it is reported that". this was
|
|
@c to fix an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93
|
|
When @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} returns 1 for a pair of sizes for
|
|
modes for which @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P} is 0, suboptimal code can result.
|
|
If this is the case, making @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} return 0 in
|
|
such cases may improve things.
|
|
|
|
@findex STORE_FLAG_VALUE
|
|
@item STORE_FLAG_VALUE
|
|
A C expression describing the value returned by a comparison operator
|
|
with an integral mode and stored by a store-flag instruction
|
|
(@samp{s@var{cond}}) when the condition is true. This description must
|
|
apply to @emph{all} the @samp{s@var{cond}} patterns and all the
|
|
comparison operators whose results have a @code{MODE_INT} mode.
|
|
|
|
A value of 1 or -1 means that the instruction implementing the
|
|
comparison operator returns exactly 1 or -1 when the comparison is true
|
|
and 0 when the comparison is false. Otherwise, the value indicates
|
|
which bits of the result are guaranteed to be 1 when the comparison is
|
|
true. This value is interpreted in the mode of the comparison
|
|
operation, which is given by the mode of the first operand in the
|
|
@samp{s@var{cond}} pattern. Either the low bit or the sign bit of
|
|
@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} be on. Presently, only those bits are used by
|
|
the compiler.
|
|
|
|
If @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is neither 1 or -1, the compiler will
|
|
generate code that depends only on the specified bits. It can also
|
|
replace comparison operators with equivalent operations if they cause
|
|
the required bits to be set, even if the remaining bits are undefined.
|
|
For example, on a machine whose comparison operators return an
|
|
@code{SImode} value and where @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is defined as
|
|
@samp{0x80000000}, saying that just the sign bit is relevant, the
|
|
expression
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
(ne:SI (and:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{power-of-2})) (const_int 0))
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
can be converted to
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
(ashift:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{n}))
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
where @var{n} is the appropriate shift count to move the bit being
|
|
tested into the sign bit.
|
|
|
|
There is no way to describe a machine that always sets the low-order bit
|
|
for a true value, but does not guarantee the value of any other bits,
|
|
but we do not know of any machine that has such an instruction. If you
|
|
are trying to port GNU CC to such a machine, include an instruction to
|
|
perform a logical-and of the result with 1 in the pattern for the
|
|
comparison operators and let us know
|
|
@ifset USING
|
|
(@pxref{Bug Reporting,,How to Report Bugs}).
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
@ifclear USING
|
|
(@pxref{Bug Reporting,,How to Report Bugs,gcc.info,Using GCC}).
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
Often, a machine will have multiple instructions that obtain a value
|
|
from a comparison (or the condition codes). Here are rules to guide the
|
|
choice of value for @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}, and hence the instructions
|
|
to be used:
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
Use the shortest sequence that yields a valid definition for
|
|
@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}. It is more efficient for the compiler to
|
|
``normalize'' the value (convert it to, e.g., 1 or 0) than for the
|
|
comparison operators to do so because there may be opportunities to
|
|
combine the normalization with other operations.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
For equal-length sequences, use a value of 1 or -1, with -1 being
|
|
slightly preferred on machines with expensive jumps and 1 preferred on
|
|
other machines.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
As a second choice, choose a value of @samp{0x80000001} if instructions
|
|
exist that set both the sign and low-order bits but do not define the
|
|
others.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Otherwise, use a value of @samp{0x80000000}.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
Many machines can produce both the value chosen for
|
|
@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} and its negation in the same number of
|
|
instructions. On those machines, you should also define a pattern for
|
|
those cases, e.g., one matching
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
(set @var{A} (neg:@var{m} (ne:@var{m} @var{B} @var{C})))
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
Some machines can also perform @code{and} or @code{plus} operations on
|
|
condition code values with less instructions than the corresponding
|
|
@samp{s@var{cond}} insn followed by @code{and} or @code{plus}. On those
|
|
machines, define the appropriate patterns. Use the names @code{incscc}
|
|
and @code{decscc}, respectively, for the the patterns which perform
|
|
@code{plus} or @code{minus} operations on condition code values. See
|
|
@file{rs6000.md} for some examples. The GNU Superoptizer can be used to
|
|
find such instruction sequences on other machines.
|
|
|
|
You need not define @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} if the machine has no store-flag
|
|
instructions.
|
|
|
|
@findex FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
|
|
@item FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
|
|
A C expression that gives a non-zero floating point value that is
|
|
returned when comparison operators with floating-point results are true.
|
|
Define this macro on machine that have comparison operations that return
|
|
floating-point values. If there are no such operations, do not define
|
|
this macro.
|
|
|
|
@findex Pmode
|
|
@item Pmode
|
|
An alias for the machine mode for pointers. On most machines, define
|
|
this to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware
|
|
pointer; @code{SImode} on 32-bit machine or @code{DImode} on 64-bit machines.
|
|
On some machines you must define this to be one of the partial integer
|
|
modes, such as @code{PSImode}.
|
|
|
|
The width of @code{Pmode} must be at least as large as the value of
|
|
@code{POINTER_SIZE}. If it is not equal, you must define the macro
|
|
@code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED} to specify how pointers are extended
|
|
to @code{Pmode}.
|
|
|
|
@findex FUNCTION_MODE
|
|
@item FUNCTION_MODE
|
|
An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions
|
|
being called, in @code{call} RTL expressions. On most machines this
|
|
should be @code{QImode}.
|
|
|
|
@findex INTEGRATE_THRESHOLD
|
|
@item INTEGRATE_THRESHOLD (@var{decl})
|
|
A C expression for the maximum number of instructions above which the
|
|
function @var{decl} should not be inlined. @var{decl} is a
|
|
@code{FUNCTION_DECL} node.
|
|
|
|
The default definition of this macro is 64 plus 8 times the number of
|
|
arguments that the function accepts. Some people think a larger
|
|
threshold should be used on RISC machines.
|
|
|
|
@findex SCCS_DIRECTIVE
|
|
@item SCCS_DIRECTIVE
|
|
Define this if the preprocessor should ignore @code{#sccs} directives
|
|
and print no error message.
|
|
|
|
@findex NO_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
|
|
@item NO_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
|
|
Define this macro if the system header files support C++ as well as C.
|
|
This macro inhibits the usual method of using system header files in
|
|
C++, which is to pretend that the file's contents are enclosed in
|
|
@samp{extern "C" @{@dots{}@}}.
|
|
|
|
@findex HANDLE_PRAGMA
|
|
@findex #pragma
|
|
@findex pragma
|
|
@item HANDLE_PRAGMA (@var{stream})
|
|
Define this macro if you want to implement any pragmas. If defined, it
|
|
should be a C statement to be executed when @code{#pragma} is seen. The
|
|
argument @var{stream} is the stdio input stream from which the source
|
|
text can be read.
|
|
|
|
It is generally a bad idea to implement new uses of @code{#pragma}. The
|
|
only reason to define this macro is for compatibility with other
|
|
compilers that do support @code{#pragma} for the sake of any user
|
|
programs which already use it.
|
|
|
|
@findex VALID_MACHINE_DECL_ATTRIBUTE
|
|
@item VALID_MACHINE_DECL_ATTRIBUTE (@var{decl}, @var{attributes}, @var{identifier}, @var{args})
|
|
If defined, a C expression whose value is nonzero if @var{identifier} with
|
|
arguments @var{args} is a valid machine specific attribute for @var{decl}.
|
|
The attributes in @var{attributes} have previously been assigned to @var{decl}.
|
|
|
|
@findex VALID_MACHINE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTE
|
|
@item VALID_MACHINE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTE (@var{type}, @var{attributes}, @var{identifier}, @var{args})
|
|
If defined, a C expression whose value is nonzero if @var{identifier} with
|
|
arguments @var{args} is a valid machine specific attribute for @var{type}.
|
|
The attributes in @var{attributes} have previously been assigned to @var{type}.
|
|
|
|
@findex COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
|
|
@item COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (@var{type1}, @var{type2})
|
|
If defined, a C expression whose value is zero if the attributes on
|
|
@var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,
|
|
and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be
|
|
generated).
|
|
|
|
@findex SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
|
|
@item SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (@var{type})
|
|
If defined, a C statement that assigns default attributes to
|
|
newly defined @var{type}.
|
|
|
|
@findex DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS
|
|
@item DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS
|
|
Define this macro to control use of the character @samp{$} in identifier
|
|
names. The value should be 0, 1, or 2. 0 means @samp{$} is not allowed
|
|
by default; 1 means it is allowed by default if @samp{-traditional} is
|
|
used; 2 means it is allowed by default provided @samp{-ansi} is not used.
|
|
1 is the default; there is no need to define this macro in that case.
|
|
|
|
@findex NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL
|
|
@item NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL
|
|
Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
|
|
@samp{$} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in
|
|
G++ have @samp{$} in the identifiers. If this macro is defined,
|
|
@samp{.} is used instead.
|
|
|
|
@findex NO_DOT_IN_LABEL
|
|
@item NO_DOT_IN_LABEL
|
|
Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
|
|
@samp{.} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in G++
|
|
have names that use @samp{.}. If this macro is defined, these names
|
|
are rewritten to avoid @samp{.}.
|
|
|
|
@findex DEFAULT_MAIN_RETURN
|
|
@item DEFAULT_MAIN_RETURN
|
|
Define this macro if the target system expects every program's @code{main}
|
|
function to return a standard ``success'' value by default (if no other
|
|
value is explicitly returned).
|
|
|
|
The definition should be a C statement (sans semicolon) to generate the
|
|
appropriate rtl instructions. It is used only when compiling the end of
|
|
@code{main}.
|
|
|
|
@item HAVE_ATEXIT
|
|
@findex HAVE_ATEXIT
|
|
Define this if the target system supports the function
|
|
@code{atexit} from the ANSI C standard. If this is not defined,
|
|
and @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} is not defined, a default
|
|
@code{exit} function will be provided to support C++.
|
|
|
|
@item EXIT_BODY
|
|
@findex EXIT_BODY
|
|
Define this if your @code{exit} function needs to do something
|
|
besides calling an external function @code{_cleanup} before
|
|
terminating with @code{_exit}. The @code{EXIT_BODY} macro is
|
|
only needed if netiher @code{HAVE_ATEXIT} nor
|
|
@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} are defined.
|
|
|
|
@findex INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED
|
|
@item INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
|
|
Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
|
|
delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
|
|
even if they appear to use a resource set or clobbered in @var{insn}.
|
|
@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}; GNU CC knows that
|
|
every @code{call_insn} has this behavior. On machines where some @code{insn}
|
|
or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and hence has this behavior,
|
|
you should define this macro.
|
|
|
|
You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
|
|
|
|
@findex INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED
|
|
@item INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
|
|
Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
|
|
delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
|
|
even if they appear to set or clobber a resource referenced in @var{insn}.
|
|
@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}. On machines where
|
|
some @code{insn} or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and its operands
|
|
are registers whose use is actually in the subroutine it calls, you should
|
|
define this macro. Doing so allows the delay slot scheduler to move
|
|
instructions which copy arguments into the argument registers into the delay
|
|
slot of @var{insn}.
|
|
|
|
You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
|
|
|
|
@findex MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
|
|
@item MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG (@var{insn})
|
|
In rare cases, correct code generation requires extra machine
|
|
dependent processing between the second jump optimization pass and
|
|
delayed branch scheduling. On those machines, define this macro as a C
|
|
statement to act on the code starting at @var{insn}.
|
|
@end table
|